Home ReviewsRefund
Home/Chevrolet/Express G2500/Chevrolet Express G2500 (2013-2013)/Repair manual/Testing & Diagnostics/Engine Controls and Fuel - 6.6l (Lgh) - DTC p0016 to DTC P0…
Contents Wiring diagrams Section: Testing & Diagnostics All sections

Engine Controls and Fuel - 6.6l (Lgh) - DTC p0016 to DTC P040F Chevrolet Express G2500

Testing & Diagnostics ~45597 words

Circuit/System Description

The engine control module (ECM) monitors the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensor signals to determine if the camshaft and crankshaft are synchronized.

Conditions for Running the DTC

  1. DTCs P0191 and P0315 are not set.
  2. The engine speed is greater than 600 RPM.

The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects the average camshaft offset is greater than -20 degrees for greater than 3 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

DTC P0016 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P0016 is a type B DTC.

Diagnostic Instructions

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Diagnostic Aids

  1. Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft sensor, crankshaft sensor, or timing gear can cause this DTC to set.
  2. If P0016 sets, the fuel injectors will be commanded OFF and the engine will not start.

Reference Information

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

  1. Engine Running at normal operating temperature.
  2. Verify DTC P0016 is not set. If the DTC is set Inspect for the following and repair as necessary: The correct installation of the camshaft position sensor. The correct installation of the crankshaft position sensor. Camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor damage. Front engine cover damage. Incorrectly installed timing gears Excessive play in the timing gears Excessive camshaft end play. Inspect the camshaft thrust plate. Timing gears that jumped teeth. Camshaft reluctor, crankshaft reluctor or exciter ring damage. If the DTC is not set
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  4. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets A mechanical condition listed above still exists. If the DTC does not set
  5. All OK.

Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Camshaft Position Sensor Exciter Ring Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  2. «Camshaft Gear Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  3. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  4. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)

The ECM performs the turbocharger learn procedure automatically when the enabling criteria have been met. After each ignition cycle and before the enable criteria have been met, the ECM will use the previously learned value. If the ECM does not have a previously learned value, it will default to a stored calibrated value.

The ECM commands the turbocharger vane control solenoid to position the turbocharger vanes and a turbocharger vane position sensor monitors the actual position of the vanes. During the TC Learn, the ECM commands the vanes to 0 %, then to 100 %, while comparing the actual and desired TC vane position values. If the difference between the values is greater than or less than a calibrated threshold, the automatic learn fails. The TC Learn procedure can detect sticking vanes, sticking control solenoid or position sensor errors.

  1. The ECM is commanding the turbocharger vanes open or closed during a position learn procedure.
  2. The engine speed is between 640-850 RPM.
  3. DTC P003A runs once per key cycle when the above conditions are met.
  1. The ECM determines that the difference between the turbocharger desired vane position sensor and the actual turbocharger vane position exceed a calibrated threshold during a valid learn event. OR
  2. The time taken to determine the mean offset learned value at fully closed or fully open valve position is greater than 30 s.

DTC P003A is a Type B DTC.

DTC P003A is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

If any service has been performed on the turbocharger or on the turbocharger components, a turbocharger relearn must be performed. Failure to perform the turbocharger learn procedure may cause other DTCs to set.

The turbocharger learn procedure is required when the following service procedures have been performed

  1. Turbocharger vane position control solenoid valve replacement
  2. Turbocharger vane position sensor replacement
  3. ECM replacement
  4. Turbocharger replacement
  5. Any service that disturbs the turbocharger components

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P0651, P168C, P168D, P2263, P2564, P2565, P2598 or P2599 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Perform the TC Learn procedure with a scan tool. Refer to «Turbocharger Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__turbocharger-learn) . DTC P003A should not set.
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Circuit/System Testing

  1. Inspect the Q41 turbocharger vane position control solenoid valve and B112 turbocharger vane position sensor for damage or sticking. If a condition is found, test or replace the affected component as necessary.
  2. Inspect the turbocharger for debris, damage or sticking vanes. Refer to «Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-off-vehicle__turbocharger-cleaning-and-inspection) . If a condition is found, clean or replace the turbocharger as necessary.

Component Testing

Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  2. Measure the resistance across the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve terminals. The resistance should be between 3-7 ohms. If greater than the specified range, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  3. Test for infinite resistance between each Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve terminal and the solenoid valve housing. If less than the specified range, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  4. Ignition OFF, remove the Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  5. Connect the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve harness connector.
  6. Ignition ON, command the TC Vane Pos. Cntrl. Solenoid ON. Depress and hold the CAM follower slightly at the tip of the TC solenoid valve while observing the slot closest to the CAM follower for the spool valve to move to the open position. If the spool valve did not move to the open position, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.

Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor

  1. Remove the B112 Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor.
  2. Connect the B112 Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor harness connector.
  3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool TC Vane Position Sensor voltage while slowly depressing the plunger at the end of the B112 Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor. The voltage should decrease smoothly from approximately 4.9-0.2 V. If the TC Vane Position Sensor parameter drops out or spikes, replace the B112 Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Turbocharger Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  2. «Turbocharger Control Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Turbocharger Vane Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  4. If any service has been performed on the turbocharger or on the turbocharger components, a turbocharger relearn must be performed. Refer to «Turbocharger Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__turbocharger-learn) .

Diagnostic Fault Information

CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Variable Nozzle Turbo Solenoid High SignalP006EP0045P006FP003A
Variable Nozzle Turbo Solenoid Low SignalP0047P0045P0048P003A

The positions of the turbocharger vanes are controlled by the engine control module (ECM). The ECM utilizes a turbocharger vane control solenoid to control the turbocharger vanes and a turbocharger vane position sensor to verify the vanes position. The ECM will vary the boost dependent upon the load requirements of the engine. The vane control solenoid has a high control circuit and a low control circuit. The ECM uses a pulse width modulation on the low control circuit to control the solenoid.

P0045, P0047, P0048 and P006E

  1. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  2. The engine is running.
  3. DTCs P0045, P0047, P0048 and P006E run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P006F

  1. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  2. The ignition is OFF.
  3. The engine is in after-run.
  4. DTC P006F runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
  1. The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuits do NOT match.
  2. The above condition exists for greater than 3 s.

DTCs P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E and P006F are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E and P006F are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

  1. «Turbocharger System Description»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-description-and-operation)
  2. «Turbocharger Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__turbocharger-learn)

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, P2564, P2565, P2598 or P2599 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Engine running, increase the engine speed to 1,500 RPM and maintain. Command the TC Vane Pos. Ctrl. Solenoid ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the scan tool TC Vane Position Sensor parameter. The parameter should increase to 95-99 % and decrease to near 0 % when changing between the commanded states.
  3. Engine running, observe the scan tool TC Vane Position Sensor and the Desired TC Vane Position parameters. Slowly increase the engine speed from idle to 2,500 RPM, and slowly return the engine to idle speed. The parameters should remain within 2 % throughout the engine speed range.
  4. Engine running, observe the scan tool TC Vane Position Sensor and the Desired TC Vane Position parameters. Increase the TC vane position in 5 % increments from 0-100 % with a scan tool. The parameters should remain within 2 % throughout the entire commanded range.
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q41 turbocharger vane position control solenoid.
  2. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the high signal circuit terminal A and ground.
  3. Ignition OFF, the test lamp should illuminate for 1-2 s, then flash several times and turn OFF. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the high signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM. If the test lamp remains illuminated, test the high signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the high signal circuit terminal A and the low signal circuit terminal B.
  5. Ignition OFF, the test lamp should illuminate for 1-2 s then turn off. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the low signal circuit terminal B for an open/high resistance or a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM. If the test lamp remains illuminated for 1-2 s and then flashes several times before turning off, test the low signal circuit terminal B for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the Q41 turbocharger vane position control solenoid valve.

Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  2. Measure the resistance across the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve terminals. The resistance should be between 3-7 ohms. If greater than the specified range, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  3. Test for infinite resistance between each Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve terminal and the solenoid valve housing. If less than the specified range, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  4. Ignition OFF, remove the Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.
  5. Connect the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve harness connector.
  6. Ignition ON, command the TC Vane Pos. Ctrl. Solenoid ON. Depress and hold the CAM follower slightly at the tip of the TC solenoid valve while observing the slot closest to the CAM follower for the spool valve to move to the open position. If the spool valve did not move to the open position, replace the Q41 Turbocharger Vane Position Control Solenoid Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Turbocharger Control Solenoid Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. If any service has been performed on the turbocharger or on the turbocharger components, a turbocharger relearn must be performed. Refer to «Turbocharger Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__turbocharger-learn)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup and programming
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
SignalP007CP007DP007D*P007D, P111C
Low ReferenceP007DP007D*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F)
Signal199°C (390°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Temperature Sensor

The charge air cooler (CAC) temperature sensor is a variable resistor. The sensor is located in the CAC outlet duct before the throttle body assembly. Its signal is used by the ECM to measure the temperature of the intake air leaving the CAC. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. The ECM continuously monitors the sensor signal for an excessively high or low voltage, or for a start-up signal that is not in correlation with the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 3 start-up signal.

P007C or P007D

  1. The engine is running for longer than 10 s.
  2. The DTCs run continuously when the enabling condition is met.

Note. The scan tool display range is between -40 and +199°C (-40 and +390°F).

P007C

The CAC temperature sensor signal is warmer than 200°C (392°F) for longer than 5 s. This is equal to or less than 0.11 V on the CAC temperature sensor signal circuit as measured by the ECM.

P007D

The CAC temperature sensor signal is colder than -53°C (-63°F) for longer than 5 s. This is equal to or greater than 4.93 V on the CAC temperature sensor signal circuit as measured by the ECM.

  1. DTCs P007C and P007D are Type A DTCs.
  2. The ECM commands reduced engine power.
  3. The driver information center (DIC) or indicator may display reduced engine power.
  4. Service Emission System message is displayed on the driver information center (DIC).
  5. Diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration is inhibited.

DTCs P007C and P007D are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The CAC Temperature Sensor is located after the outlet from the CAC. The CAC Temperature Sensor is also known as the CAC Outlet Temperature Sensor (Charge Air Outlet Duct).
  2. An inaccurate CAC temperature sensor may cause DTC P0101 to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 15°C (27°F) of each other. Ambient Air Temp. IAT Sensor 3 Sensor CAC Temperature Sensor If not within 15°C (27°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within 15°C (27°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the scan tool CAC Temperature Sensor parameter is between-39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F). If not between -39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If between -39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F)
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  3. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  4. Test or replace the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor.
  1. Test the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool CAC Temperature Sensor parameter. The values should be within 5%. If not within the specified range, replace the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor (Charge Air Outlet Duct).

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  2. Perform the «Reductant System Malfunction Service Bay Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__reductant-system-malfunction-service-bay-test) with a scan tool in order to clear the Service Emission System message, if illuminated. If the Service Emission System message does not turn OFF, a condition with the system still exists.
  3. «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Outlet Pipe)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) (Charge Air Outlet Duct) for Charge Air Cooler Sensor Replacement
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Rail Pressure Solenoid Supply VoltageP125AP2294P125BP0087. P0088. P128E
Fuel Metering Valve High ControlP00C9P0090P00CAP0087. P0088
Fuel Metering Valve Low ControlP0091P0090P0092P0087. P0088
Fuel Rail Pressure Solenoid Low ReferenceP2295P2294P2296P0087. P0088, P128E
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: 30-200 MPa (4350-29000 psi)
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal0 MPa (0.0 psi)220 MPa (31900 psi)220 MPa (31900 psi)

Fuel Rail Pressure

The engine control module (ECM) controls the fuel rail pressure by controlling fuel pressure regulator 1 and fuel pressure regulator 2 simultaneously to achieve the desired fuel rail pressure. The ECM compares the desired fuel pressure that is calculated and the actual fuel pressure reading from the fuel pressure sensor and monitors these two values to detect faults in the fuel system. If the two pressures are above or below the set limit for greater than 8 seconds a DTC will set.

  1. Fuel tank level is greater than 15 %.
  2. Engine is in crank or run mode.
  3. Ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (+19°F).
  4. Ambient pressure is greater than 74.8 kPa.

P0087

The fuel rail pressure is at least 11 MPa (1,595 psi) below the desired fuel rail pressure for greater than 8 s.

P0088

The fuel rail pressure is at least 20 MPa (2900 psi) above the desired fuel rail pressure for greater than 8 s.

DTCs P0087 and P0088 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

DTCs P0087 and P0088 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

P0087

  1. A restricted, kinked, or damaged fuel supply line may cause DTC P0087 to set.
  2. If a low fuel condition is present and DTC P0087 sets, inspect the fuel sender pickup tube for damage or perforations.
  3. Water or contaminated fuel may cause this DTC to intermittently set. Refer to «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) .
  4. When ambient temperatures are below 0°C (32°F), the fuel tank pickup screen may be iced over from water in the fuel tank.
  5. External high pressure fuel rail or line leaks may cause this DTC to set.
  6. When power enhancing devices have been attached to the fuel rail pressure sensor circuits, this DTC may set and adversely affect the fuel system components.
  7. High fuel injector return flow may cause this DTC to set.
  8. The addition of fuel system enhancements, such as auxiliary fuel tanks or add on fuel filters may relate to driveability complaints.

P0088

  1. If the fuel system pressure is actually too high, a fuel knock may exist.
  2. A sticking fuel pressure regulator may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Restricted fuel return lines may cause the DTC to set.
  4. Water or contaminated fuel may cause this DTC to intermittently set. Refer to «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) .

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Component View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify DTC P0090, P2294, P0191, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281, or P0284 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If none of the DTCs are set
  3. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure are within 690 kPa (100 psi) of each other while operating the vehicle through varying loads. If greater than the specified value Refer to Circuit/System Testing If Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure are within the specified value
  4. Verify DTC P0087 or P0088 is not set. If any of the DTCs are set Refer to Circuit/System Testing If none of the DTCs are set
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify a DTC does not set. If any DTC sets Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If no DTCs set
  7. All OK

Note. Because of the cleansing properties of the biodiesel, switching from the straight diesel to a biodiesel blend can prematurely restrict the fuel filter with normal deposits in the fuel system. A fuel filter replacement might be required sooner than the recommended interval.

P0087

  1. Install the CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge to the fuel rail service port.
  2. Start the engine. Engine does not start Refer to «Engine Cranks But Does Not Run»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) Engine starts
  3. Verify that the CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge displays between 1-6 in Hg vacuum. If greater than the specified range inspect for a restricted fuel filter, kinked, or restricted fuel supply lines. Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If within the specified range
  4. Verify the CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge does not display greater than 14 in Hg vacuum while operating the vehicle within the conditions for which the customer concern occurs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. If greater than the specified value inspect for a restricted fuel filter, kinked, or restricted fuel supply lines. Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If within the specified value Refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

P0088

  1. Engine at idle.
  2. Command the fuel pressure incrementally through the entire fuel pressure range with a scan tool.
  3. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure are within 690 kPa (100 psi) for the entire fuel pressure range and note results.
  4. Engine at 1800 RPM.
  5. Command the fuel pressure incrementally through the entire fuel pressure range with a scan tool.
  6. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure are within 690 kPa (100 psi) for the entire fuel pressure range. If fuel pressure parameters at idle is within 690 kPa (100 psi), but is not within 690 kPa (100 psi) at 1800 RPM Replace the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1. If fuel pressure parameters at idle is not within 690 kPa (100 psi) but is within 690 kPa (100 psi) at 1800 RPM Replace the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. If fuel pressure parameters is not within 690 kPa (100 psi) at idle or at 1800 RPM Replace both Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 and Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. Inspect the fuel system for contamination, refer to «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) . If fuel pressure parameters at idle is within 690 kPa (100 psi) and is within 690 kPa (100 psi) at 1800 RPM
  7. All OK

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Injection Pump Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Fuel Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
ECT Sensor SignalP0117P0118P0118P0128
Low ReferenceP0118P0118P0128
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +149°C (-38 to +300°F)
ECT Sensor 1 Signal149°C (300°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)

ECT Sensor Temperature

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor signal circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit.

The ECM uses this rationality diagnostic to determine if the input from the ECT sensor or fuel temperature sensor is skewed. The ECM will compare the temperature difference between the ECT sensor and fuel temperature sensor to determine if the temperatures are within an acceptable operating range of each other.

DTC P0016, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0182, P0183, P0335, P0336, P0340 or P0341 is not set.

Condition 1

  1. Ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
  2. The ambient temperature is greater than -60°C (-76°F).
  3. The engine is running.

OR

Condition 2

  1. Ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
  2. The ambient temperature is greater than -60°C (-76°F).
  3. The engine is running.
  4. In the first 60 s of engine run time, the ECM determines the block heater is OFF.

DTC P008F will only run once per ignition cycle until a Pass, Fail or Disable condition exists.

Condition 1

The ECM determines the absolute temperature difference between the ECT sensor and fuel temperature sensor is more than 100°C (180°F) at engine start.

OR

Condition 2

  1. The ECM determines the absolute temperature difference between the ECT sensor and fuel temperature sensor is more than 20°C (36°F), but less than or equal to 100°C (180°F) after 60 seconds of engine run time.
  2. Block heater is not detected.

DTC P008F is a Type B DTC.

DTC P008F is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. Inspect the ECT sensor terminals and the ECT harness connector for corrosion. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.
  2. This diagnostic runs in a specific range. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures between -7 to +80°C (+19 to +176°F), then compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) table.
  3. A slight to moderate resistance in the ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will affect this diagnostic. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Vac N Fill)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-draining-and-filling-vac) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
  2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
  3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool Fuel Temperature Sensor and ECT Sensor parameters. The ECT and Fuel Temperature Sensor should be within 20°C (36°F) of each other.
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the ECT sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5.0 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT parameter is colder than -39°C (-40°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A. Verify the scan tool ECT parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B34 ECT sensor.
  1. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures and compare those measurements to the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) .
  2. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__thermostat-diagnosis) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system)
  2. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 High ControlP00C9P0090P00CAP0087, P0088
Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Low ControlP0091P0090P0092P0087, P0088

The engine control module (ECM) controls the fuel rail pressure by controlling fuel pressure regulator 1 and fuel pressure regulator 2 simultaneously to achieve the desired fuel rail pressure. Fuel pressure regulator 1 is located on the fuel injection pump and controls the amount of fuel allowed into the high pressure side of the injection pump. If the ECM detects a fault on either of the fuel pressure regulator 1 circuits a DTC will be set.

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM.
  2. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

DTC P0090

  1. The ECM detects the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 1 s.
  2. The ECM detects an open or high resistance on one of the fuel pressure regulator 1 circuits for greater than 1 s.

DTC P0091

  1. The ECM detects low voltage on the control circuit of fuel pressure regulator 1
  2. The above condition exists for greater than 1 s.

DTC P0092

  1. The ECM detects high voltage on the control circuit of fuel pressure regulator 1.
  2. The above condition exists for greater than 1 s.

DTC P00C9

  1. The ECM detects low voltage on the supply voltage circuit of fuel pressure regulator 1.
  2. The above condition exists for greater than 1 s.

DTC P00CA

  1. The ECM detects high voltage on the supply voltage circuit of fuel pressure regulator 1.
  2. The above condition exists for greater than 1 s.
  1. DTC's P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C9 and P00CA are Type A DTCs.
  2. The ECM commands the engine to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
  3. The message center displays Engine Power Is Reduced.

DTC's P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C9 and P00CA are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A no start condition may exist if the fuel pressure regulator 1 control circuit is short to ground.
  2. No driveabilty concerns may be present if the fuel pressure regulator 1 control circuit is shorted to voltage.
  3. If the fuel system pressure is actually too high, a fuel knock condition may exist.
  4. Intermittent or poor connections may cause DTC P0090 to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Engine Running, verify the difference between the Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure parameter is less than 5 MPa (725 psi). If greater than 5 MPa (725 psi) Refer to Circuit/System Testing If less than 5 MPa (725 psi)
  2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If DTC does not reset
  3. All OK.
  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Disconnect the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper. Refer to Connector X113 «Inline Harness Connector End Views»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-inline-harness-connector-end-views-x318-to-x902) . NOTE: Testing for steps 3-12 is performed on the ECM side of the harness connector.
  3. Connect a test lamp between the high control circuit terminal 5 and ground.
  4. Ignition ON.
  5. Verify the test lamp illuminates for 1-2 s and then turns OFF. If the test lamp does not illuminate Test the high control circuit for an open, high resistance or short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If the test lamp remains illuminated Test the high control circuit for a short to B+. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If the test lamp illuminates for 1-2 s and then turns OFF
  6. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 6 and ground. If the test lamp illuminates Test the low control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If the test lamp does not illuminate
  7. Ignition OFF, ECM powered down.
  8. Connect a test lamp between the low control circuit terminal 6 and B+.
  9. Ignition ON.
  10. Verify the test lamp illuminates. If the test lamp does not illuminate Test the low control circuit for an open or high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If the test lamp illuminates
  11. Ignition OFF.
  12. Observe that the test lamp flashes 2 times and remains OFF until the ECM is powered down. If the test lamp does not flash 2 times and turn OFF Test the low control circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If the test lamp flashes 2 times and turns off
  13. Disconnect the harness connector at the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1.
  14. Test for poor connections at the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1. If a poor connection was found Repair as necessary If no poor connection was found
  15. Test the Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 high control circuit for an open, high resistance or a short between the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 terminal 1 and the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper terminal 5. If an open, high resistance or short was found Repair as necessary If no open, high resistance or short was found
  16. Test the Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 low control circuit for an open, high resistance or a short between the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 terminal 2 and the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper terminal 6. If an open, high resistance or short was found Repair as necessary If no open, high resistance or short was found
  17. Replace the Q18A Fuel Pressure Regulator 1.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Sensor SignalP0097P0098P0098*P0098, P0101, P2199
Low Reference*P2199
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 2

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +148°C (-38 to +298°F)
Sensor Signal150°C (302°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the mass air flow (MAF) sensor assembly. The IAT 2 is integrated into the mass air flow sensor assembly. It is the second air temperature sensor in the air stream. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and a ground for the low reference circuit. The ECM monitors the IAT sensor 2 signal for an excessively high or low voltage.

Conditions for Running the DTCs

  1. The engine is running for longer than 10 s.
  2. The battery voltage is more than 11 V.
  3. DTC P0097 and P0098 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTCs

P0097

The IAT Sensor 2 parameter is warmer than 150°C (302°F) for greater than 5 s. This is equal to or less than 0.08 V on the IAT signal circuit as measured by the ECM.

Note. The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).

P0098

The IAT Sensor 2 parameter is colder than -52°C (-61°F) for greater than 5 s. This is equal to greater than 4.9 V on the IAT signal circuit as measured by the ECM.

  1. DTCs P0097 and P0098 are Type B DTCs.
  2. The driver information center may display Service Emissions System message.

Conditions for Clearing the DTCs

DTCs P0097 and P0098 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The (8 Pin) Humidity Sensor is placed in the air stream ahead of the (5 Pin) Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (IAT sensor 2). They are both mounted to the air cleaner cover.
  2. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 15°C (27°F) of each other. IAT Sensor 1 and 2 Start-Up ECT Sensor Ambient Air Temp. Sensor If not within 15°C (27°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within 15°C (27°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the IAT Sensor 2 parameter is between -39 to +148°C (-38 to +298°F). If not between -39 to +148°C (-38 to +298°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing.. If between -39 to +148°C (-38 to +298°F)
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor (IAT sensor 2).
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the Intake Air Temperature sensor 2 low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  4. Test or replace the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor (IAT sensor 2).

Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor.
  2. Test the IAT sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the values to the Temperature Vs Resistance table. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) for IAT sensor 2 table. Verify the resistances are within 5 % of the table specifications. If not within 5 % of the specifications, replace the B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
SignalP00EAP00EBP00EB*P00EB, P0101
Low ReferenceP00EBP00EB*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 3

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F)
Signal215°C (419°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 3

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 3 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air going to the inlet of the charge air cooler (CAC). The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 3 signal circuit, and a ground for the IAT sensor 3 low reference circuit. The ECM continuously monitors the IAT sensor 3 signal for an excessively high or low voltage, or for a start-up temperature signal that is not in correlation with the CAC Temperature Sensor start-up signal.

  1. The engine is running for more than 10 s.
  2. The battery voltage is more than 11 V.
  3. DTC P00EA and P00EB run continuously when the above enabling conditions are met.

Note. The scan tool display range is between -40 and +215°C (-40 and +419°F).

P00EA

The IAT sensor 3 is warmer than 250°C (482°F) for longer than 5 s. This is equal to or less than 0.03 V on the IAT sensor 3 signal circuit as measured by the engine control module.

P00EB

The IAT sensor 3 is colder than -53°C (-63°F) for longer than 5 s. This is equal to or greater than 4.9 V on the IAT sensor 3 signal circuit as measured by the engine control module.

DTCs P00EA and P00EB are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P00EA and P00EB are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The IAT sensor 3 is located before the inlet to the CAC. The IAT sensor 3 is also known as the CAC Inlet Temperature Sensor (Turbocharger).
  2. The CAC Temperature Sensor is located after the outlet from the CAC. The CAC Temperature Sensor is also known as the CAC Outlet Temperature Sensor (Charge Air Outlet Duct).
  3. Skewed temperature sensors may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 35°C (63°F) of each other. CAC temperature sensor IAT Sensor 3 sensor If not within 35°C (63°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within 35°C (63°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 3 sensor parameter is between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F) If not between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F)
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify a DTC does not set. If a DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If a DTC does not set
  7. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  3. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  4. Test or replace the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3.
  1. Test the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 3 parameter. The values should be within 5%. If not within the specified range, replace the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Outlet Pipe)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) (Turbocharger) for Intake Air Temperature sensor 3 replacement
  2. «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Outlet Pipe)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) (Charge Air Outlet Duct) for Charge Air Cooler sensor replacement
  3. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ignition VoltageP0113, P00F5, P2199P0113, P00F5, P2199P2510
SignalP0113, P00F5, P2199P0113, P00F5, P2199P0112, P00F4, P2199*P2199
GroundP0113, P00F5, P2199
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Intake Air Humidity

CircuitShort to GroundOpen or High ResistanceShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity and temperature; and engine bay conditions
Ignition Voltage0 %0 %
Signal0 %0 %0 %*
Ground0 %
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Intake Air Humidity

The sensors listed below are integrated within the humidity sensor

  1. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor 1
  2. Humidity sensor

The humidity sensor measures the ambient humidity of the air in the sensor bore. The duty cycle signal varies with intake air humidity and is displayed by the scan tool as %. The ECM applies 5 V to the circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the humidity sensor and the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the humidity sensor's internal circuits for these sensors

  1. IAT sensor 1
  2. Humidity sensor
  1. The engine is running for longer than 10 s.
  2. The battery voltage is more than 11 V.
  3. DTC P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P00F4

The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is less than or equal to 5 % for greater than 5 s.

P00F5

The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is greater than or equal to 95 % for greater than 5 s.

P00F6

The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is intermittent or has abruptly changed over a period of time greater than 5 s.

DTCs P00F4, P00F5, P00F6 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P00F4, P00F5, P00F6 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The following 2 functions of the (8 Pin) Humidity Sensor are used by the ECM: Intake Air Humidity Intake Air Temperature (IAT sensor 1)
  2. The Humidity Sensor is placed in the air stream ahead of the (5 Pin) Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IAT sensor 2). They are both mounted to the air cleaner cover.
  3. The Intake Air Humidity sensor signal and the IAT sensor 1 signal are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the Intake Air Humidity parameter displays the value: 0 %, and there are also IAT sensor 1 DTCs, check for a circuit problem.
  4. The Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter displays the measured humidity within the air intake system and may differ from atmospheric humidity measured outside the air intake system.
  5. With the ignition ON, the engine OFF; if the engine is cold, a properly functioning humidity sensor will gradually increase the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the sensor heating elements.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

  1. EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator
  2. For equivalent regional tools, refer to «Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-special-tools-and-equipment__special-tools-diagnostic-tools) .

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 25°C (45°F) of each other. Start-Up IAT Sensor 1 IAT Sensor 2 Start-Up ECT If not within the specifications Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If within the specifications
  3. Engine running.
  4. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity parameter is between 5 and 90 %. If not within the specifications Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If within the specifications
  5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
  6. Verify the DTCs do not set. If any of the DTCs set Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If none of the DTCs set
  7. All OK

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Humidity Sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, test for less than 2 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 2 ohms
  3. Ignition ON, verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition voltage circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for greater than 2 ohms between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 5 and ground. If less than 2 ohms, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If greater than 2 ohms, test all the components connected to the circuit and repair or replace as necessary. If the test lamp illuminates
  4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the intake air humidity signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  5. Ignition OFF, connect the leads of the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator as follows: Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector Black lead to ground Battery voltage supply lead to B+
  6. Set the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. Signal switch to 5 V Frequency switch to 250 Hz Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
  7. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity parameter is between 45-55 %. If not between 45-55 %. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 45-55 %.
  8. Test or replace the Humidity Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Humidity Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__humidity-sensor-with-intake-air-temperature)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundHigh ResistanceOpenShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ignition VoltageP0102P0101P0102P2510P0101
SignalP0102P0102P0102P0101, P0102, P0401P0101
Low Reference
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine running at idle, engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor warmer than 60°C (140°F) Parameter Normal Range: 10-40 g/s Operating Conditions: Engine running at idle, ECT sensor colder than 60°C (140°F) Parameter Normal Range: 30-40 g/s
Ignition Voltage0.0 g/s0.0 g/s
Signal0.0 g/s0.0 g/s0.0 g/s
Low Reference

MAF Sensor

The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2. IAT sensor 2 is the second air temperature sensor in the air stream. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air entering the engine. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal as a fundamental input for engine control. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition.

The ECM monitors the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow when the EGR valve is commanded ON. The ECM compares the desired MAF to the actual MAF, if the difference is less than or greater than a calibrated threshold level the amount of detected EGR flow is out of range and an EGR DTC will set.

The ECM applies 5 V to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a frequency based on the inlet airflow through the sensor bore. The frequency varies in a range of approximately 2,300 Hz at idle to near 9,000 Hz at maximum engine load, depending on engine coolant temperature (ECT).

When the ECT reaches 60°C (140°F) the ECM can command the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve ON, and a lower frequency and g/s value will be indicated on the scan tool.

The scan tool Air Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter is calculated by dividing the mass air flow sensor signal reading, by the estimated air flow.

The estimated air flow is based on the following signal readings

  1. Engine speed
  2. Boost pressure
  3. Charge air cooler (CAC) temperature sensor

When the EGR valve is closed, the ideal air leak equivalence ratio is 1.0:1; the normal range is between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1.

A scan tool Air Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter greater than 1.20:1, when the EGR valve is commanded closed, may indicate

  1. A leak after the turbocharger
  2. An inaccurate boost pressure sensor
  3. An inaccurate CAC temperature sensor
  4. A skewed MAF sensor

A scan tool Air Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter less than 0.80:1, when the EGR valve is commanded closed, may indicate

  1. A leak before the turbocharger
  2. An inaccurate boost pressure sensor
  3. An inaccurate CAC temperature sensor
  4. A skewed MAF sensor
  5. A leaking EGR valve, when it is commanded closed
  6. A leaking positive crankcase valve (PCV) system
Signal To ECMTemperature
Ambient Air Temperature20°C (-4°F)10°C (-14°F)0°C (32°F)10°C (50°F)20°C (68°F)30°C (86°F)
ECT64°C (147°F)51°C (124°F)38°C (100°F)25°C (77°F)20°C (68°F)20°C (68°F)

EGR Enable - Rich Idle Temperatures

  1. DTCs P008F, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0112, P0113, P0128, P0403, P046C, P111C, P111D, P140F, P2598, P2599, or P268A are not set.
  2. The Ambient Air Temperature is between -7 and 52°C (+19.4 and 126°F).
  3. The ECT is between 70 and 123°C (158 and 253°F).
  4. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 75 and 280 kPa.
  5. The BARO is greater than 75 kPa.
  6. The engine run time is at least 90 s.
  7. The engine speed: is less than 3,100 RPM, for RPO LGH is less than 1,500 RPM, for RPO LML
  8. The EGR valve is closed.
  9. The Intake Air Flow (IAF) Valve Position is less than 5 %.
  10. The calculated fuel rate is between 0 mm 3 and 70 mm 3 .
  11. The ignition voltage is at least 11 V.
  12. This DTC runs continuously when the enabling conditions are met for 10 s.

The ECM determines that the Air Leak Equivalence Ratio is not within a predetermined range for greater than 10 s when the EGR valve is commanded closed.

  1. DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.
  2. Diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration is inhibited.
  3. EGR is inhibited.

DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A slight to moderate resistance of 10-20 ohms on the MAF sensor ignition voltage circuit may cause this DTC to set.
  2. The (5 Pin) Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IAT sensor 2) is placed in the air stream after the (8 Pin) Humidity Sensor. They are both mounted to the air cleaner cover.
  3. Certain aftermarket air filters may cause this DTC to set.
  4. Certain aftermarket air induction systems may cause this DTC to set.
  5. Modifications the air induction system may cause this DTC to set.
  6. An inaccurate MAF sensor, an intake air flow restriction, any unmetered air that enters the engine downstream of the MAF sensor, or an air induction leak may cause this DTC to set.
  7. An inaccurate CAC temperature sensor may cause this DTC to set.
  8. The CAC temperature sensor is located after the outlet from the CAC. It is also known as the Charge Air Temperature Sensor (Charge Air Outlet Duct).
  9. An aftermarket exhaust system may reduce engine back-pressure excessively and cause this DTC to set.
  10. A faulty EGR valve that does not close fully, may set this DTC.
  11. The ECM calculates the Air Leak Equivalence Ratio differently for the LGH & LML RPO diesel engines, than it does for the LMM RPO diesel engines.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) .

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Observe the following scan tool parameters. The readings should be within 35°C (63°F) of each other. IAT Sensor 2 CAC temperature sensor If not within 35°C (63°F) Refer to «DTC P0097 or P0098»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p0016-to-dtc-p040f) for further diagnosis. If within 35°C (63°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter is between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F) If not between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F) Refer to «DTC P0097 or P0098»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p0016-to-dtc-p040f) for further diagnosis. If between -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F)
  5. Engine running at a warm stabilized idle, perform the following: Command the EGR solenoid to 0 % with a scan tool. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter for 10 s. The value should be between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter while slowly increasing the engine speed until reaching wide open throttle (WOT). After 10 s, the value should stabilize and be between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. If not stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Refer to Circuit/System Testing If stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1.
  6. Ignition ON.
  7. Verify that DTCs P0102, P0103, P0106, P0403, or P046C are not set. If a DTC sets If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If no DTC sets.
  8. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool MAP Sensor and BARO Sensor parameters are within 4 kPa of each other. If not within 4 kPa. If greater than the specified range, refer to «DTC P0106»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p0016-to-dtc-p040f) for further diagnosis. If within 4 kPa.
  9. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) .
  10. Verify that leaks do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) .
  11. Engine idling.
  12. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 10-40 g/s, depending on the ECT temperature and EGR valve position. If not between 10-40 g/s Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If between 10-40 g/s
  13. Perform a scan tool snap shot to record MAF Sensor parameters. Safely perform a wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop through the time of the 1-2 shift.
  14. Verify the snap shot scan tool MAF Sensor parameter increases rapidly. This increase should be from 10-40 g/s at idle to greater than 400 g/s at the time of the 1-2 shift. If the MAF Sensor parameter does not respond as specified Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the MAF Sensor parameter does respond as specified
  15. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  16. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  17. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Verify none of the following conditions exist: A dirty or deteriorating air filter element A leaking, loose, disconnected, or cracked positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve, pipe, or seal A loose or disconnected charge air cooler hose or pipe A restricted or collapsed air intake duct A misaligned or damaged air intake duct Any objects blocking the air inlet probe of the Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor Any contamination or debris on the sensing elements in the probe of the Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor A cracked or damaged mass air flow sensor housing Any water intrusion in the induction system Any snow or ice build-up at the air cleaner, mass air flow or manifold absolute pressure sensors in cold climates An intake manifold leak A manifold absolute pressure sensor seal that is leaking, missing, or damaged An Intake Manifold Resonator with a leaking seal, or a cracked or broken housing A restriction in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) . A leak in the exhaust system. Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) . If a condition exists Repair as necessary. If no condition exists
  2. Engine idling at operating temperature. Command the EGR solenoid to 0 % with a scan tool. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter for 10 s. Verify the parameter stabilizes after 10 s and is between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Slowly increase the engine speed until reaching WOT. Verify the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter stabilizes after 10 s and is between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. If not stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Test the charge air cooler system and air inlet system for leaks. Perform the Full System Air Leak Test and the Induction System Smoke Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1.
  3. Verify the exhaust gas recirculation valve is in the closed position, by visual inspection. Refer to «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If the exhaust gas recirculation valve is not closed. Replace the exhaust gas recirculation valve and gaskets. If the exhaust gas recirculation valve is closed.
  4. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor.
  5. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the mass air flow ground circuit terminal E and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  6. Ignition ON, verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition voltage circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for greater than 2 ohms between the ignition voltage circuit terminal D and ground. If less than 2 ohms, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If greater than 2 ohms, test all the components connected to the circuit and repair or replace as necessary. If the test lamp illuminates
  7. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal C and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  8. Ignition OFF, connect the leads of the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator as follows: Red lead to the signal circuit terminal C at the harness connector Black lead to ground Battery voltage supply lead to B+
  9. Set the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. Signal switch to 5 V Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) Frequency switch to 5 KHz
  10. Engine idling.
  11. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 4,950-5,050 Hz. If not between 4,950-5,050 Hz. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4,950-5,050 Hz.
  12. Test or replace the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  2. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) for (5 Pin) Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor replacement
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ignition VoltageP0103P0103P103P0103
MAF Sensor SignalP0103P0103P0103P0103
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine running at idle, engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor warmer than 60°C (140°F) Parameter Normal Range: 10-20 g/s Operating Conditions: Engine running at idle, ECT sensor colder than 60°C (140°F) Parameter Normal Range: 30-40 g/s
Ignition Voltage0.0 g/s0.0 g/s
MAF Sensor Signal0.0 g/s0.0 g/s0.0 g/s
Low Reference

MAF Sensor

The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air entering the engine. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal to provide the correct fuel delivery for all engine speeds and loads. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition.

The ECM monitors the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow when the EGR valve is commanded ON. The ECM compares the desired MAF to the actual MAF, if the difference is less than or greater than a calibrated threshold level the amount of detected EGR flow is out of range and an EGR DTC will set.

The ECM applies 5 V to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a frequency based on the inlet airflow through the sensor bore. The frequency varies in a range of approximately 2,300 Hz at idle to near 9,000 Hz at maximum engine load, depending on engine coolant temperature (ECT).

When ECT reaches 60°C (140°F) the ECM commands a Rich Idle mode. During Rich Idle the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve is commanded ON, and a lower frequency and g/s value will be indicated for the scan tool MAF parameters.

P0102

  1. DTCs P0335 or P0336 are not set.
  2. The engine is running for longer than 10 s.
  3. This DTC runs continuously when the enabling conditions are met.

P0103

  1. DTCs P0335 or P0336 are not set.
  2. The ignition is ON.
  3. This DTC runs continuously when the enabling conditions are met.

P0102

The ECM detects that the MAF sensor is less than 1.08 g/s for greater than 3 s.

P0103

The ignition is ON, and the ECM detects a fault on the MAF sensor circuits.

OR

The engine is running, and the ECM detects that the MAF sensor signal is greater than 565 g/s, for greater than 3 s.

  1. DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type A DTCs.
  2. The ECM commands reduced engine power.
  3. The driver information center (DIC) or indicator may display reduced engine power.
  4. Diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration is inhibited.

DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAF Sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly. This increase should be from 6-8 g/s at idle to greater than 380 g/s at the time of the 1-2 shift.
  2. For an intermittent problem, visually and physically inspect the EGR valve for a possible binding or sticking in the open position.
  3. Verify that any electrical aftermarket devices are properly connected and grounded. Refer to «Checking Aftermarket Accessories»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__checking-aftermarket-accessories) .
  4. A faulty EGR valve that does not close or open fully, may set this DTC.
  5. If P0113 is also set, check for a disconnected MAF/IAT sensor.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 38522 Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) .

  1. Verify that DTCs P0106, P0403, or P046C are not set. If any of the DTCs are set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
  2. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The reading should be between 10-38 g/s depending on the ECT sensor.
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B MAF/IAT sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the MAF low reference circuit terminal E and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  3. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Ignition ON, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal D and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance.
  5. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the MAF sensor circuit terminal C and ground. If less than the specified range, test the MAF sensor circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM. If greater than the specified range, test the MAF sensor circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  6. Ignition OFF, connect the harness connector at the B75B MAF/IAT sensor.
  7. Engine idling at operating temperature, perform the following: Command the EGR solenoid to 0 % with a scan tool. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter for 10 s. The value should be between 0.87:1 and 1.15:1. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter while slowly increasing the engine speed until reaching wide open throttle (WOT). After 10 s, the value should stabilize and be between 0.87:1 and 1.15:1. If not within the specified range, test the charge air cooler system and air inlet system for leaks. Perform the Full System Air Leak Test and the Induction System Smoke Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If no air leaks are found, test all of the MAF sensor circuits for high resistance.
  8. Visually inspect the EGR valve and verify the valve is in the closed position. Refer to «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If the EGR valve is not in the closed position, replace the EGR valve and gaskets.
  9. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75B MAF/IAT sensor.
  10. Ignition OFF, connect the red lead of the J 38522 generator to the MAF signal circuit terminal C at the B75B MAF/IAT sensor harness connector. Connect the battery voltage supply to B+. Connect the black lead to ground.
  11. Set the J 38522 generator signal switch to 5 V, the frequency to 5K, and the Duty Cycle to Normal.
  12. Engine idling, observe the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter. The scan tool MAF Sensor parameter should be between 4,950-5,050 Hz. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, replace the K20 ECM.
  13. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B75B MAF/IAT sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  2. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpenHigh ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 V ReferenceP0107, P057C, P0651, P2127P0107P0106P0107, P0651, P2138P0106
SignalP0107P0107P0106P0108, P0651, P2138*P0106
Low ReferenceP0108P0106*P0106
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

MAP Sensor

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON Parameter Normal Range: 43-360 kPa (6-52 psi)
5 V Reference0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V
Signal0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V392 kPa (57 psi)* 5.00 V
Low Reference386 kPa (56 psi) 4.92 V*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

MAP Sensor

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures the pressure inside the intake manifold. Pressure in the intake manifold is affected by turbocharger output, engine speed, accelerator pedal input, air temperature, and barometric pressure (BARO). A diaphragm within the MAP sensor is displaced by the pressure changes that occur from the varying load and operating conditions of the engine. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a regulated 5 V to the sensor on the 5 V reference circuit. The ECM supplies a ground on the low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM, relative to the pressure changes, on the MAP sensor signal circuit. The ECM converts the signal voltage input to a pressure value. Under normal operation, the lowest pressure that can exist in the intake manifold is equal to the BARO. This occurs when the vehicle is operating at idle or when the ignition is ON, while the engine is OFF. The ECM uses the MAP sensor to aid in diagnosis of the turbocharger performance. The highest manifold pressures occur when the turbocharger output is high.

  1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P2228, or P2263 are not set.
  2. Key Off.
  3. This DTC runs continuously when the above enabling conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the BARO and MAP sensors disagree by greater than 15 kPa (2 psi) with the ignition OFF.

  1. DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.
  2. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration is inhibited.

DTC P0106 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

A slight resistance of 20-30 ohms on the 5 V reference or low reference circuits may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) .

  1. Verify that DTC P0651 is not set. If the DTC sets If set, refer to «DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p041c-to-dtc-p04b) . If the DTC does not set
  2. If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0121, or P1101; refer to Circuit/System Testing.
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool BARO Sensor parameters are within the range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. If the BARO Sensor pressure is not in range Refer to «DTC P2228 or P2229»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the BARO Sensor pressure is within range
  5. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameters are within the range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. If the MAP Sensor pressure is not in range Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the MAP Sensor pressure is within range
  6. Engine idling.
  7. Slowly increase the engine speed to 2,000 RPM by commanding the throttle valve to open. Then allow the engine speed to return to a stable idle. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter smoothly increments to a higher value at 2,000 RPM and then returns to near BARO at idle speed. If parameter is not as specified or does not change smoothly Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If parameter is as specified and does change smoothly
  8. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor g/s parameter changes smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased while performing the actions listed below. Engine idling Perform the scan tool snapshot function. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3,000 RPM and then back to idle. Exit from the scan tool snapshot and review the data. Observe the MAF Sensor parameter frame by frame with a scan tool. If the MAF Sensor parameter does not change smoothly and gradually Refer to «DTC P0101»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p0016-to-dtc-p040f) . If the MAF Sensor parameter changes smoothly and gradually
  9. Verify that restrictions do not exist in the exhaust system. Refer to «Restricted Exhaust»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system) . If restrictions exist in the exhaust system Correct the condition as necessary. If no restrictions exist in the exhaust system
  10. Verify that the engine is in good mechanical condition. Refer to «Symptoms - Engine Mechanical»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If the engine is not in good mechanical condition Correct the condition as necessary. If the engine is in good mechanical condition
  11. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  12. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  13. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by verifying that none of the following conditions exist: A dirty or deteriorating air filter element A leaking, loose, disconnected, or cracked positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve, pipe, or seal A loose or disconnected charge air cooler hose or pipe A restricted or collapsed air intake duct A misaligned or damaged air intake duct Any objects blocking the air inlet probe of the mass air flow/intake air temperature sensor Any contamination or debris on the sensing elements in the probe of the mass air flow/intake air temperature sensor A cracked or damaged mass air flow sensor housing Any water intrusion in the induction system Any snow or ice build-up at the air cleaner, mass air flow or manifold absolute pressure sensors in cold climates An intake manifold leak A manifold absolute pressure sensor seal that is leaking, missing, or damaged An intake manifold resonator with a leaking seal, or a cracked or broken housing If a condition exists Repair as necessary. If no condition exists
  2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor.
  3. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  4. Ignition ON.
  5. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  6. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor voltage parameter is less than 0.2 V. If 0.2 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 0.2 V
  7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1.
  8. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor voltage parameter is greater than 4.5 V. If 4.5 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 4.5 V
  9. Test or replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Testing in order to verify the integrity of the MAP sensor circuits before proceeding with the Component Testing.

Skewed Sensor Test

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor from the engine. Connect the harness to the sensor, if disconnected.
  2. Ignition ON, apply -17 kPa (5.0 inHg) of vacuum to the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor, with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump . Verify the scan tool MAP pressure parameter decreases between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi). If the parameter does not decrease between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi). Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If the parameter does decrease between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi).
  3. Apply -34 kPa (10.0 inHg) of vacuum to the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor, with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump . Verify the scan tool MAP pressure parameter decreases between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi). If the parameter does not decrease between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi). Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If the parameter does decrease between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi).
  4. All OK.

Erratic Signal Test

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor and disconnect the harness.
  2. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 of the sensor and the sensor harness.
  3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the sensor and ground.
  4. Install a jumper wire to the signal circuit terminal 3 of the sensor.
  5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire and ground.
  6. Ignition ON, observe the DC voltage on the DMM. Slowly apply between 0-15 kPa of vacuum to the sensor with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump. Verify the voltage changes, without any spikes or dropouts, between 4.9-0.2 V. If not between 4.9-0.2 V or has spikes or dropouts Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If between 4.9-0.2 V and there are no spikes or dropouts
  7. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpenHigh ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 V ReferenceP0107, P057C, P0651, P2127P0107P0106P0107, P0651, P2138P0106
SignalP0107P0107P0106P0108, P0651, P2138*P0106
Low ReferenceP0108P0106*P0106
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

MAP Sensor

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON Parameter Normal Range: 43-360 kPa (6-52 psi)
5 V Reference0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V
Signal0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V0 kPa (0 psi) 0.00 V392 kPa (57 psi)* 5.00 V
Low Reference386 kPa (56 psi) 4.92 V*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

MAP Sensor

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures the pressure inside the intake manifold. Pressure in the intake manifold is affected by turbocharger output, engine speed, accelerator pedal input, air temperature, and barometric pressure (BARO). A diaphragm within the MAP sensor is displaced by the pressure changes that occur from the varying load and operating conditions of the engine. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a regulated 5 V to the sensor on the 5 V reference circuit. The ECM supplies a ground on the low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM, relative to the pressure changes, on the MAP sensor signal circuit. The ECM converts the signal voltage input to a pressure value. Under normal operation, the lowest pressure that can exist in the intake manifold is equal to the BARO. This occurs when the vehicle is operating at idle or when the ignition is ON, while the engine is OFF. The ECM uses the MAP sensor to aid in diagnosis of the turbocharger performance. The highest manifold pressures occur when the turbocharger output is high.

  1. The engine is running for more than 10 s.
  2. The engine speed is greater than 600 RPM.
  3. The battery voltage is more than 11 V.
  4. DTC P0107 and P0108 run continuously when the above enabling conditions are met.

P0107

The ECM detects that the MAP sensor pressure is less than 45 kPa (7 psi) for 5 s.

P0108

The ECM detects that the MAP sensor pressure is greater than 371 kPa (53.8 psi) for greater than 5 s.

  1. DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.
  2. DPF Regeneration is inhibited.
  3. The ECM commands Reduced Engine Power mode.
  4. A message center or an indicator may display Reduced Engine Power.

DTCs P0107 and P0108 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A wide open throttle (WOT) acceleration from a stop should cause the MAP Sensor parameter on the scan tool to increase rapidly.
  2. If a shared 5 V reference circuit is shorted to ground or shorted to a voltage, other 5 V reference circuits may be affected.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) .

  1. Verify that DTC P0651 is not set. If the DTC sets If set, refer to «DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p041c-to-dtc-p04b) . If the DTC does not set
  2. If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0121, or P1101; refer to Circuit/System Testing.
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Determine the testing altitude. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameters are within the range specified in the «Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__altitude-versus-barometric-pressure) table. If the MAP Sensor pressure is not in range Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the MAP Sensor pressure is within range
  5. Engine idling.
  6. Slowly increase the engine speed to 2,000 RPM by commanding the throttle valve to open. Then allow the engine speed to return to a stable idle. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor parameter smoothly increments to a higher value at 2,000 RPM and then returns to near BARO at idle speed. If the parameter is not as specified or does not change smoothly Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the parameter is as specified and does change smoothly
  7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  8. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  9. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing. You must perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  5. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor voltage parameter is less than 0.2 V. If 0.2 V or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 0.2 V
  6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1.
  7. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor voltage parameter is greater than 4.5 V. If 4.5 V or less Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 4.5 V
  8. Test or replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Testing in order to verify the integrity of the MAP sensor circuits before proceeding with the Component Testing.

Skewed Sensor Test

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor from the engine. Connect the harness to the sensor, if disconnected.
  2. Ignition ON, apply -17 kPa (5.0 inHg) of vacuum to the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor, with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump . Verify the scan tool MAP pressure parameter decreases between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi). If the parameter does not decrease between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi). Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If the parameter does decrease between 13-21 kPa (1.8-3.0 psi).
  3. Apply -34 kPa (10.0 inHg) of vacuum to the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor, with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump . Verify the scan tool MAP pressure parameter decreases between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi). If the parameter does not decrease between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi). Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If the parameter does decrease between 30-38 kPa (4.4-5.5 psi).
  4. All OK.

Erratic Signal Test

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor and disconnect the harness.
  2. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 of the sensor and the sensor harness.
  3. Install a jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 2 of the sensor and ground.
  4. Install a jumper wire to the signal circuit terminal 3 of the sensor.
  5. Connect a DMM between the jumper wire and ground.
  6. Ignition ON, observe the DC voltage on the DMM. Slowly apply between 0-15 kPa of vacuum to the sensor with the GE 23738-A Vacuum Pump. Verify the voltage changes, without any spikes or dropouts, between 4.9-0.2 V. If not between 4.9-0.2 V or has spikes or dropouts Replace the B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure sensor. If between 4.9-0.2 V and there are no spikes or dropouts
  7. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Ignition VoltageP0112, P2199P0112, P00F4, P2199P2510
SignalP0112, P00F5, P2199P0112, P00F4, P2199P0112, P00F4, P2199*P00F6, P2199
GroundP0112, P00F4, P2199
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 1

CircuitShort to GroundOpen or High ResistanceShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity and temperature; and engine bay conditions
Ignition Voltage146°C (295°F) 510 Hz146°C (295°F) 510 Hz
Signal146°C (295°F) 510 Hz146°C (295°F) 510 Hz146°C (295°F)* 510 Hz
Ground146°C (295°F) 510 Hz146°C (295°F)* 510 Hz
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 1

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 and the humidity sensor are integrated within the humidity/intake air sensor body and share the same signal circuit. It is the first air temperature sensor in the air stream. The IAT sensor 1 signal is displayed by the scan tool as Hertz (Hz) and °C (°F). The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the signal circuit. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the sensor.

The table below shows the relationship between temperature and the IAT Sensor 1 parameters.

IAT Sensor 1IAT Sensor 1 FrequencyIAT Sensor 1 Temperature
Cold45 Hz40°C (-40°F)
Warm302 Hz104°C (219°F)

IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Frequency Table

P0112 and P0113

  1. The engine run time is greater than 10 s.
  2. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0112

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 1 signal is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 s.

Note. The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).

P0113

The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 1 signal is colder than -60°C (-76°F) for greater than 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTCs Set

  1. DTCs P0112, and P0113 are Type B DTCs.
  2. The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.

DTCs P0112, and P0113 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The following 2 functions of the (8 Pin) Humidity Sensor are used by the ECM: Intake Air Humidity Intake Air Temperature (IAT sensor 1)
  2. The Intake Air Humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 1 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the Intake Air Humidity parameter displays the value: 0 %, and there are also IAT sensor 1 DTCs, check for a circuit problem.
  3. With the ignition ON, the engine OFF; if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 1 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the Humidity Sensor heating element.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

  1. EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator
  2. For equivalent regional tools, refer to «Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-special-tools-and-equipment__special-tools-diagnostic-tools) .

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 25°C (45°F) of each other. Start-Up IAT Sensor 1 IAT Sensor 2 Start-Up ECT If not within 25°C (45°F) Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If within 25°C (45°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within the specified ranges. IAT Sensor 1; -39 to +145°C (-38 to +293°F) IAT Sensor 1; 45 to 302 Hz Intake Air Humidity; 5 to 95% IAT Sensor 2; -38 to +148°C (-36 to +298°F) If not within the specified ranges Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within the specified ranges
  5. Engine idling.
  6. Verify the IAT Sensor 1 and IAT Sensor 2 Sensor parameters are between -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F). If not between -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F) Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If Between -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
  7. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
  8. Verify the DTCs do not set. If any of the DTCs set Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If none of the DTCs set
  9. All OK
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Humidity Sensor.
  2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the appropriate engine ground connector. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ground circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection. If less than 2 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 5 and ground. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for less than 2 ohms in the ignition voltage circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse. If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open Ignition OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition voltage circuit and replace as necessary. If the test lamp illuminates
  5. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the IAT 1 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  6. Ignition OFF, connect the leads of the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator as follows: Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector Black lead to ground Battery voltage supply lead to B+
  7. Set the EN 38522 Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. Signal switch to 5 V Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal) Frequency switch to 30 Hz
  8. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter is between 28-32 Hz. If not between 28-32 Hz Replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 28-32 Hz
  9. Test or replace the Humidity Sensor.

Humidity Sensor

  1. Test the IAT Sensor 1 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter. The values should be within 5%. If not within the specified range, replace the Humidity Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Humidity Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__humidity-sensor-with-intake-air-temperature) for intake air temperature (IAT 1) sensor replacement
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
ECT Sensor SignalP0117P0118P0118P0128
Low ReferenceP0118P0118P0128
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +120°C (-38 to +248°F)
ECT Sensor Signal149°C (300°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)

ECT Sensor Temperature

The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the ECT signal circuit, and a ground for the ECT low reference circuit.

P0117

  1. DTCs P0106, P0191, P0234, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281, P0284, P0299, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308, P0401, P0402, P0506, P0507, P2080, P2084, P242B or P246F are not set.
  2. The ignition is ON.
  3. DTC P0117 runs continuously within the enabling condition.

P0118

  1. DTCs P0106, P0191, P0234, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281, P0284, P0299, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308, P0401, P0402, P0506, P0507, P2080, P2084, P242B or P246F are not set.
  2. The ignition is ON.
  3. DTC P0118 runs continuously within the enabling condition.

P0117

The ECM detects that the ECT Sensor is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for more than 10 seconds.

P0118

The ECT sensor temperature is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for more than 60 seconds.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type A DTCs.

DTCs P0117 and P0118 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

An ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit that is shorted to another 5-volt reference circuit can cause a DTC P0118 to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the ECT Sensor parameter. The reading should be between -37 to +139°C (-35 to +282°F), depending on the current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions.
  2. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
  3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-40°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal A for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal A and the low reference circuit terminal B. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than 148°C (300°F) If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 engine control module.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B34 engine coolant temperature sensor.
  1. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

Repair Verification

  1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
  2. Perform any adjustment, programming, or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
  3. Clear the DTCs.
  4. Turn OFF the ignition for 90 seconds.
  5. Duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.
  6. Engine running, observe the scan tool Soot Mass parameter. If the Soot Mass value is less than 30 grams, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) If the Soot Mass value is greater than 30 grams, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
ECT Sensor SignalP0117P0118P0118P0128
Low ReferenceP0118P0118P0128
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +149°C (-38 to +300°F)
ECT Sensor 1 Signal149°C (300°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)

ECT Sensor Temperature

The engine control module (ECM) uses this diagnostic to determine if the engine coolant temperature (ECT) has reached the minimum calibrated thermostat regulating temperature. The ECM supplies 5 volts to the ECT signal circuit , and a ground for the ECT low reference circuit. The ECM monitors the temperature of the coolant by using the input received from the ECT sensor. The ECM calculates the amount of fuel burned since start-up to determine if the vehicle has been driven within the conditions that would allow the engine coolant to heat up normally to the thermostat regulating temperature. If the coolant temperature does not increase normally, or does not reach the regulating temperature of the thermostat, the engine is considered not warm enough for stable, low emission operation.

The purpose of this rationality diagnostics is to use the ECT sensor to determine if the engine coolant will heat up at the correct rate, and also meet the calibrated target temperatures under various operating conditions.

The ECM uses the start-up ECT and the start-up intake air temperature (IAT) to begin the diagnostic calculation.

  1. DTC P0016, P008F, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 is not set.
  2. The engine is running.
  3. The vehicle spends at least 50 percent of the time off idle (greater than10 percent throttle, greater than 10 MPH, and above 750 RPM.
  4. The total engine run time is less than 24 m.
  5. The IAT 1 is colder than 10°C (50°F), low region.
  6. The IAT 1 is warmer than 10°C (50°F), high region.
  7. The start-up engine coolant temperature is colder than 52°C (126°F).
  8. DTC P0128 will only run once per ignition cycle until a Pass, Fail or Disable condition exists.

The engine did not meet the ECT target temperatures of 50°C (120°F) low region or 72°C (162°F) high region during expected calibrated warm-up times and start-up temperatures.

DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. DTC P0128 occurring with insufficient vehicle interior heating is an indication of improper thermostat operation.
  2. Inspect the ECT sensor terminals and the ECT harness connector for corrosion. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.
  3. This diagnostic runs in a specific range. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures between -7 to +80°C (+19 to +176°F), then compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) table.
  4. A slight to moderate resistance in the ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will affect this diagnostic. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition OFF, inspect the cooling system surge tank for the proper coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Vac N Fill)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-draining-and-filling-vac) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) .
  2. Ignition OFF for 8 hours or greater.
  3. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor and ECT Sensor parameters. The ECT, IAT, and ambient temperatures should be within 15°C (27°F) of each other.
  4. Verify the proper operation of the engine cooling system fan.
  5. Verify the proper heat range and the operation of the thermostat. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__thermostat-diagnosis) .
  6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the ECT sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and scan tool disconnected for 90 seconds, test for less than 5.0 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal A and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
  3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool ECT parameter is colder than -39°C (-40°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference circuit terminal A. Verify the scan tool ECT parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F). If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the ECM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the ECT sensor.
  1. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures and compare those measurements to the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) .
  2. Refer to «Thermostat Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__thermostat-diagnosis) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system)
  2. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
NOx Sensor Ignition VoltageU029D, U029E, P220A, P220BU029D, U029EU029D, U029E, P220A, P220B
High Speed GMLAN Serial Data (+)U0074, P205DU010E, P205DU0074, P205D
High Speed GMLAN Serial Data (-)U029D, U029E, U010E, P205DU010E, P205DU010E, P205D
NOx Sensor GroundU029D, U029E

The reductant system uses two nitrogen oxide (NOx) sensors to monitor the amount of NOx in the engine's exhaust gas. The first sensor is located at the outlet of the turbocharger and monitors the engine out NOx level. The second NOx sensor is located between the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) and monitors NOx levels downstream of the SCR. The second NOx sensor also provides the engine control module (ECM) with information on the exhaust oxygen level during DPF regeneration.

Each NOx sensor contains a sensing cell, a pumping cell, and a heater. A sample of exhaust gas passes through a diffusion gap between the sensing cell and the pumping cell. The NOx sensor maintains a constant reference voltage across the sensing cell. An electronic circuit within sensor controls the pump current through the pumping cell in order to maintain a constant voltage in the sensing cell. The amount of current required to maintain the reference voltage in the sensing cell is proportional to the concentration of NOx in the exhaust.

The ECM varies the amount of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) or reductant added by varying the reductant injector duty cycle in response to changes in engine exhaust out NOx levels.

The smart NOx sensors consist of two components, the NOx module and the NOx sensor element that are serviced as a unit. A circuit or performance condition with a NOx sensor is detected by the NOx sensor module. The smart NOx sensor module communicates the condition to the ECM over the serial data line. The ECM sets a DTC when a serial data message is received from the NOx sensor module.

P0131, P0132, P0137 or P0138

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for more than 20 s.
  2. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  3. The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

P11A6 or P11A9

  1. Engine speed is between 1,200 and 2,600 RPM for more than 10 s.
  2. Intake air temperature is between -43 to +123°C (-45 to +253°F).
  3. BARO pressure is between 50-110 kPa (7.25-16 psi).
  4. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is between 100-1,000°C (212-1,832°F).
  5. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  6. EGR is commanded ON.
  7. A DPF regeneration is not active.
  8. The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

P11AF or P11B2

  1. Engine speed is between 1,200 and 2,600 RPM for more than 10 s.
  2. Intake air temperature is between -43 to +123°C (-45 to +253°F).
  3. BARO pressure is between 50-110 kPa (7.25-16 psi).
  4. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is between 100-1,000°C (212-1,832° F).
  5. Exhaust gas temperature Sensor 4 is greater than 95°C (203°F).
  6. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  7. EGR is commanded ON.
  8. A DPF regeneration is not active.
  9. The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.

P11B4

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for at least 20 s.
  2. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  3. Exhaust gas temperature Sensor 2 is greater than 95°C (203°F).
  4. NOx sensor 1 is at operating temperature.
  5. The DTC runs continuously once the above conditions are met.

P11B5

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for at least 20 s.
  2. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  3. Exhaust gas temperature Sensor 4is greater than 95°C (203°F).
  4. NOx sensor 1 is at operating temperature.
  5. The DTC runs continuously once the above conditions are met.

P0131, P0132, P0137 or P0138

The ECM receives a serial data message from the NOx sensor module that the signal level is greater than or less than a calibrated threshold for 3 s.

P11A6, P11A9, P11AF or P11B2

The ECM receives a serial data message from the NOx sensor module that the HO2S signal is outside the normal limits during moderate engine load conditions for greater than 1 s.

P11B4 or P11B5

The NOx sensor module compares the HO2S diagnostic valid time to the HO2S invalid time. If the ratio is less than a calibrated threshold, this DTC sets.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138, P11A6, P11A9, P11AF, P11B2, P11B4 and P11B5 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137, P0138, P11A6, P11A9, P11AF, P11B2, P11B4 and P11B5 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC UXXXX should not be set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If no DTC is set
  2. Verify the following conditions do not exist: Intake system leaks-Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Exhaust system leaks - Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) . A loose or disconnected charge air cooler hose or pipe. Physical damage. Soot plugged B195 NOx sensor. Loose or missing hardware. Loose B195 NOx sensors or B131 Exhaust Gas Temperature sensors. If a condition is found Repair the intake or exhaust system If no condition is found
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  4. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Replace the faulty B195 NOx sensor If the DTC does not set
  5. All OK.
  1. «Nitrogen Oxide Sensor Replacement - Position 1»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Nitrogen Oxide Sensor Replacement - Position 2»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. Perform the scan tool NOx Sensor 1 Reset procedure after replacing the NOx sensor 1
  4. Perform the scan tool NOx Sensor 2 Reset procedure after replacing the NOx sensor 2
  1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
  2. Perform any adjustment, programming, or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
  3. Clear the DTCs.
  4. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, this may take up to 2 minutes.
  5. Ignition ON, perform the Reductant System Data Reset with a scan tool in order to clear the Reductant lamp, if illuminated. If the Reductant lamp does not turn OFF A condition with the system still exists. If the Reductant lamp does turn OFF
  6. All OK.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
NOx Sensor Ignition VoltageU029D, U029E, P220A, P220BU029D, U029EU029D, U029E, P220A, P220B
High Speed GMLAN Serial Data (+)U0074, P205DU010E, P205DU0074, P205D
High Speed GMLAN Serial Data (-)U029D, U029E, U010E, P205DU010E, P205DU010E, P205D
NOx Sensor GroundU029D, U029E

The reductant system uses two nitrogen oxide (NOx) sensors to monitor the amount of NOx in the engine's exhaust gas. The first sensor is located at the outlet of the turbocharger and monitors the engine out NOx level. The second NOx sensor is located between the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) and monitors NOx levels downstream of the SCR. The second NOx sensor also provides the engine control module (ECM) with information on the exhaust oxygen level during DPF regeneration.

Each NOx sensor contains a sensing cell, a pumping cell, and a heater. A sample of exhaust gas passes through a diffusion gap between the sensing cell and the pumping cell. The NOx sensor maintains a constant reference voltage across the sensing cell. An electronic circuit within sensor controls the pump current through the pumping cell in order to maintain a constant voltage in the sensing cell. The amount of current required to maintain the reference voltage in the sensing cell is proportional to the concentration of NOx in the exhaust.

The ECM varies the amount of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) or reductant added by varying the reductant injector duty cycle in response to changes in engine exhaust out NOx levels.

The smart NOx sensors consist of two components, the NOx module and the NOx sensor element that are serviced as a unit. A circuit or performance condition with a NOx sensor is detected by the NOx sensor module. The smart NOx sensor module communicates the condition to the ECM over the serial data line. The ECM sets a DTC when a serial data message is received from the NOx sensor module.

  1. Ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (19°F).
  2. BARO is greater than 75 kPa (11 psi).
  3. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for at least 10 s.
  4. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  5. A DPF regeneration is not active.
  6. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM receives a serial data message from the NOx Sensor Module that the time it takes for the NOx concentration level to fall from 70% to 40% of the initial NOx concentration value is greater than 2.3 s.

DTC P014C is a Type B DTC.

DTC P014C is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

In order for the NOx 1 NOx Concentration and NOx 2 NOx Concentration to indicate greater than 0 ppm, the vehicle must be driven until the EGT sensor 3 is greater than 250°C (482°F).

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. DTC UXXXX should not be set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no DTC is set
  2. Verify the reductant indicator lamp is not illuminated If illuminated Perform the «Reductant System Malfunction Service Bay Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__reductant-system-malfunction-service-bay-test) If not illuminated
  3. Verify the following conditions do not exist: Intake system leaks-Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Exhaust system leaks - Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) . A loose or disconnected charge air cooler hose or pipe. Physical damage. Soot plugged B195 NOx sensor. Loose or missing hardware. Loose B195 NOx sensors or B131 Exhaust Gas Temperature sensors. If a condition is found Repair the intake or exhaust system. If no condition is found
  4. Engine running.
  5. Verify NOx 1 NOx Concentration and NOx 2 NOx Concentration are greater than 0 ppm.
  6. Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 mph) and hold for 20 s, then decelerate for 10 s. If the DTC fails Replace the faulty B195 NOx sensor. If the DTC passes
  7. All OK.
  1. «Nitrogen Oxide Sensor Replacement - Position 1»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
  1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
  2. Perform any adjustment, programming, or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
  3. Clear the DTCs.
  4. Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 mph) and hold for 20 s, then decelerate for 10 s. If the DTC fails A condition with the system still exists. If the DTC passes
  5. All OK.

In order to compensate for variations in the fuel system, the fuel mass observer function adapts a correction quantity using the difference between the measured and modeled oxygen content of the exhaust gas coming from NOx Sensor 1. A DTC will set when the correction quantity reaches the maximum control limit. If the correction quantity is below the calibrated feedback limit for a specified time, the corresponding "Fuel System Lean" fault will be set. If the correction quantity is above the calibrated feedback limit for a specified time, the corresponding "Fuel System Rich" fault will be set.

  1. Ambient air temperature is above -7° C (19° F).
  2. Engine temperature is greater than 65° C (149° F).
  3. NOx sensor must be active.
  4. Engine running.
  5. BARO is above 75 kPa.
  6. Power Take Off (PTO) is not active.
  7. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration is not active.
  8. Monitoring and Control does not run above 8000 feet.
  9. No other DTCs are present.
  10. The DTC runs continuous when the above conditions exist.

A fault is detected when the fail conditions exists for 12 s.

DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. This Diagnostic parameter is stored in the ECM over a period of time. Time to set this DTC may take several drive cycles.
  2. Contaminated or improper fuel quality may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Worn base engine components or differences in cylinder compression may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

  1. Ignition ON
  2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no other DTCs are set. If other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs .
  3. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 10 and 40 g/s. If less than 10 g/s Check for intake system leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If no intake system leaks are found, perform a «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If greater than 40 g/s Check for intake system leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 10 and 40 g/s
  4. Verify there are no exhaust system leaks. Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) . If exhaust system leaks were found Repair as necessary. If no exhaust system leaks were found
  5. Engine idling at operating temperature and in drive.
  6. Verify using the scan tool that the fuel injection quantity is between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3 . If not between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3 Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3
  7. Replace the B195 NOx sensor 1.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic repair.

  1. «Nitrogen Oxide Sensor Replacement - Position 1»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool NOx Sensor 1 Reset procedure after replacing NOx sensor 1.
  3. «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side)
  4. Perform the «Fuel Injector Flow Rate Programming»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , and «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedures after replacement of a fuel injector.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Temperature Sensor 1 SignalP0182P0183 2P0183
Fuel Temperature Sensor 2 SignalP0187P0188 2P0188
Fuel Temperature Sensor 1 Low ReferenceP0183 21
Fuel Temperature Sensor 2 Low ReferenceP0188 21
1 Opens fuse in 12 volt circuit 2 If temperature sensor is skewed a DTC may not set.

The fuel temperature sensor is a thermistor. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel temperature sensor a bias voltage of 5 volts on the signal circuit and also provides a low reference circuit to the sensor. When the fuel temperature sensor is cold, the resistance is high. The fuel temperature sensor signal voltage remains near the 5 volt bias voltage cold and decreases as the sensor warms. The ECM monitors the fuel temperature sensor signal circuit in order to calculate the temperature of the fuel entering and leaving the engine fuel rail.

P0182 or P0187

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM.
  2. Engine has been running for greater than 10 seconds.
  3. DTCs P0182 and P0187 run continuously within the enabling conditions.

P0183 or P0188

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM.
  2. Engine has been running for greater than 10 seconds.
  3. DTCs P0183 and P0188 run continuously within the above enabling conditions.

P0182 or P0187

The fuel temperature sensor is greater than 149°C (300°F) for 5 seconds.

P0183 or P0188

The fuel temperature sensor is less than -39°C (-38°F) for 5 seconds.

DTCs P0182, P0183, P0187 and P0188 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0182, P0183, P0187 and P0188 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. Fuel Temperature Sensor 1 is located on the back side of the fuel injection pump.
  2. Fuel Temperature Sensor 2 also referred to as the Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor is located in the fuel return line near the quick-connect fittings.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
  5. «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Observe the Fuel Temperature Sensor and Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor parameters with a scan tool. Both fuel temperature parameters should be within the operating range of -39 to 149°C (-38 to 300°F), depending on current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions If not between -39 to 149°C (-38 to 300°F) Refer to Circuit/System Testing If between -39 to 149°C (-38 to 300°F)
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing If DTC does not reset
  4. All OK.

DTC P0182 or P0183

  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Disconnect the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper. Refer to «Inline Harness Connector End Views»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/body-electrical/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-inline-harness-connector-end-views-x318-to-x902) connector X113.
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V Test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If within 4.8 to 5.2 V
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 3 and the low reference circuit terminal 4.
  6. Verify the scan tool Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter is greater than 120°C (248°F). If less than 120°C (248°F) Test the low reference circuit for an open, high resistance or short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 120°C (248°F)
  7. Disconnect the harness connector at the B48 Fuel Temperature Sensor.
  8. Test for poor connection at the B48 Fuel Temperature Sensor. If poor connection was found Repair as necessary. If no poor connection was found
  9. Test the Fuel Temperature Sensor signal circuit for an open, high resistance or short between the B48 Fuel Temperature Sensor terminal 1 and the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper terminal 3. If an open, high resistance or short was found Repair as necessary. If no open, high resistance or short was found
  10. Test the Fuel Temperature Sensor low reference circuit for and open, high resistance or short between the B48 Fuel Temperature Sensor terminal 2 and the 12-way harness connector at the engine harness jumper terminal 4. If an open, high resistance or short was found Repair as necessary. If no open, high resistance or short was found
  11. Replace the B48 Fuel Temperature Sensor.

DTC P0187 or P0188

  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Disconnect the harness connector at the B132 Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor.
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Test the signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V Test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If within 4.8 to 5.2 V
  5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2.
  6. Verify the scan tool Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter is greater than 120°C (248°F). If less than 120°C (248°F) Test the low reference circuit for an open, high resistance or short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 120°C (248°F)
  7. Replace the B132 Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement (Fuel Return Rail)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement (Injection Pump)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt ReferenceP0193, P0641P0191P0193, P0641P0191
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor SignalP0192P0193P0193P0191
Fuel Rail Pressure Low ReferenceP01911P0191
1 Opens circuit fuse or opens circuit.
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine at idle Parameter Normal Range: 30-200 MPa (4350-29,008 psi)
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal0 MPa (0.0 psi)220 MPa (31,900 psi)220 MPa (31,900 psi)

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

Idle Mode

During certain engine operating modes the engine control module (ECM) calculates an adaptation factor to adjust the fuel pressure regulator 2 set point pressure with the actual fuel pressure. The adaptation factor is the fuel pressure regulator 2 learned current that is required to maintain the desired fuel pressure at idle. This is done to adjust for manufacturing tolerances and aging of components. If the ECM calculates an adaptation factor outside the minimum or maximum calibrated limits, DTC P0191 is set.

Post Drive Mode

During post-drive mode, the fuel pressure regulator 2 relieves any remaining fuel pressure from the rails. After a 30 second bleed-down and the ignition is off, the fuel rail pressure sensor should read atmospheric pressure and return the proper signal voltage to the ECM. If the signal voltage is outside of the specified limits, DTC P0191 is set. When this DTC sets in post drive mode the engine will be in Reduced Power Mode on the next key cycle.

Idle Mode

  1. Fuel level is greater than 15 %.
  2. Fuel temperature is greater than 10°C (50°F).
  3. Engine speed is between 400 and 1000 RPM.
  4. DTC P0016, P0117, P0118, P0192, P0193, P0335, P0336, P0340, or P0341 is not set.
  5. Engine has run above 2000 RPM for 15 s during current key cycle.
  6. Fuel pressure control is in fuel pressure regulator 2 mode or in combined pressure control mode.

Post Drive Mode

  1. Fuel level is greater than 15 %.
  2. DTCs P0016, P0117, P0118, P0192, P0193, P0335, P0336, P0340, or P0341 are not set.
  3. Fuel Temperature is greater than 0° C (32° F).
  4. Fuel pressure regulator 2 current is less than 1.71 A.
  5. Engine OFF time is greater than 30 s.

Idle Mode

  1. The ECM detects a drifted fuel rail pressure value by determining the adaptation factor of fuel pressure regulator 2.
  2. The fuel pressure regulator 2 adaptation factor is outside the ECM's correction limits.
  3. The fault condition exists for more than 0.01 s.

Post Drive Mode

  1. When the ignition is off and the fuel rail pressure sensor voltage is not between 0.352 V and 0.65 V.
  2. The fault condition exists for more than 0.30 s.
  1. DTC P0191 is a Type A DTC.
  2. If Post Drive Mode fails, engine will go to Reduced Power Mode the next key cycle.
  3. If Idle Mode fails, there will be no power limiting.

DTC P0191 is a Type A DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. Review the freeze frame data to determine if the engine was running when the DTC set.
  2. Connector terminal fretting or poor connections of the wiring harness may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Contaminated fuel may cause this DTC to set.
  4. Contaminates trapped in the filter screen of fuel pressure regulator 2 may cause this DTC to set.
  5. Post Drive Mode failures are most likely an electrical concern.
  6. Idle Mode failures are most likely a hydraulic (fuel) or mechanical concern.
  7. Erosion or damage of the mating surface between Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 and the fuel rail may cause this DTC to set.
  8. Improper fuel pressure regulator 2 torque may cause this DTC to set.
  9. High current flow at Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 may be caused by the following. Listed in order from most probable to least probable. Leaking Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 due to improper torque. Skewed Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. Low flow at Fuel Pressure Regulator 1. Fuel Injector high flow.
  10. Low current flow at Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 may be caused by the following. Listed in order from most probable to least probable. Restricted Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 - Plugged Filter Screen. Skewed Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. High flow at Fuel Pressure Regulator 1. Fuel Injector low flow.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no other DTCs are set. If other DTCs are set refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs are set
  3. Engine at idle.
  4. The Fuel Rail Pressure should be within 690 kPa (100 psi) of the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure. If not within 690 kPa (100 psi) Verify that the engine is not in reduced power mode. If engine is in reduced power mode, refer to Circuit/System Testing (Post Drive Mode Testing). If engine is not in reduced power mode, refer to Circuit/System Testing (Idle Mode Testing). If within 690 kPa (100 psi)
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC does not set
  6. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing. Review Freeze Frame Data to determine which operating mode the DTC was set. If Post Drive Mode fails, engine will go to Reduced Power Mode the next key cycle. Improper Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 torque may cause this DTC to set.

Idle Mode Testing

  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Remove the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 return hose and plug the hose to prevent fuel leakage.
  3. Install a section of rubber fuel hose on the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 outlet and place the loose end of hose into a clean fuel container.
  4. Engine at idle and normal operating temperature.
  5. Increase engine speed to 1800 RPM for 15 seconds.
  6. Observe the volume of fuel from fuel pressure regulator 2. The volume of fuel should be less than 10 ml (0.4 oz). If greater than 10 ml (0.4 oz) Replace the Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly - Bank 2 (Left Side). If less than 10 ml (0.4 oz)
  7. Ignition OFF.
  8. Disconnect the harness connector at the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2.
  9. Measure the current at Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 by using jumper wires and test terminals to connect a DMM between the wiring harness connector terminal 1 and the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 terminal 1.
  10. Use another jumper wire to connect the wiring harness connector terminal 2 and the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 terminal 2.
  11. Engine at stable idle, verify the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 current is between 185 and 969 mA. Refer to «Fuel System Specifications»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications) for Typical Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Current service limits. If current is less than 185 mA NOTE: This step may require use of a magnifying glass. Inspect for contaminates in the Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Filter Screen. For screen location, refer to «Fuel System Description»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-description-and-operation) , . If contaminates are present, refer to «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) . If no contaminates are present, replace the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. If current is greater than 969 mA Verify the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 is properly torqued. If properly torqued, replace the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. Verify DTC does not set. If DTC resets, refer to «Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If current is between 185 and 969 mA
  12. Ignition OFF.
  13. Open a fuel injector high pressure fuel line.
  14. Ignition ON.
  15. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Voltage parameter is between 0.352-0.65 V. If less than 0.352 V Test the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal circuit terminal 2 and the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt Reference circuit terminal 3 for high resistance. If the circuits tests normal, replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. If greater than 0.65 V Test B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Low Reference circuit terminal 1 for high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. If between 0.352 and 0.65 V
  16. Reinstall the fuel injector high pressure fuel line.
  17. If the system test normal, refer to Diagnostic Aids.

Note. Complete Post Drive Mode Testing only if reduced power is reported.

Post Drive Mode Testing

  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Open a fuel injector high pressure fuel line.
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter is between 0.352 and 0.65 V. If less than 0.352 V Test the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal circuit terminal 2 and the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt Reference circuit terminal 3 for high resistance. If the circuits tests normal, replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. If greater than 0.65 V Test B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Low Reference circuit terminal 1 for high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. If between 0.352 and 0.65 V
  5. Install the fuel injector high pressure line.
  6. Engine running for 2 minutes.
  7. Ignition OFF, wait 30 s.
  8. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Voltage parameter is less than 0.65 V. If greater than 0.65 V Replace the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. If less than 0.65 V
  9. Engine at idle.
  10. Command the fuel pressure incrementally through the entire fuel pressure range with a scan tool . The Actual Fuel Rail Pressure and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure should be within 690 kPa (100 psi) for the entire fuel pressure range. If not within 690 kPa (100 psi) Replace the Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2. If within 690 kPa (100 psi)
  11. If the system tests normal, refer to Diagnostic Aids.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement - Bank 2»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Fuel Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) for Q18B Fuel Pressure Regulator 2.
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt ReferenceP0193, P0641P0191P0193, P0641P0191
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor SignalP0192P0193P0193P0191
Fuel Rail Pressure Low ReferenceP01911P0191
1 Opens circuit fuse or opens circuit.
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine at idle Parameter Normal Range: 30-200 MPa (4350-29,008 psi)
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal0 MPa (0.0 psi)220 MPa (31,900 psi)220 MPa (31,900 psi)

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

The fuel rail pressure sensor has a 5 volt reference circuit, a signal circuit, and a low reference circuit. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the voltage on the fuel rail pressure sensor circuits. When the fuel pressure is high, the signal voltage is high. When the fuel pressure is low, the signal voltage is low. The ECM uses this signal to compared the calculated desired fuel rail pressure with the actual fuel rail pressure from the fuel rail pressure sensor in order to maintain proper engine performance. If the ECM detects a fault on any of the fuel rail pressure sensor circuits a DTC will set.

  1. The ignition is ON.
  2. DTC runs continuously.

P0192

The ECM detects the signal circuit voltage that is less than 0.189 V for less than 1 s.

P0193

The ECM detects that the signal circuit voltage is more than 4.81 V for less than 1 s.

  1. DTCs P0192 and P0193 are Type A DTCs.
  2. The ECM commands the engine to operate in the Reduced Engine Power mode.
  3. The message center displays Reduced Engine Power.

DTCs P0192 and P0193 are Type A DTCs.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify DTC P0641 is not set. If DTC P0641 is set Refer to «DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p041c-to-dtc-p04b) for further diagnosis. If DTC P0641 is not set
  3. Engine Cranking.
  4. Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameters with a scan tool. The pressure should be greater than 13 MPa (1885 psi). If 13 MPa (1885 psi) or less Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If greater than 13 MPa (1885 psi)
  5. Engine Idling.
  6. Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameters with a scan tool. The Fuel Rail Pressure should be close to the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure. If pressures are not close Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If pressures are close
  7. Increase engine speed to 1800 RPM.
  8. Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameters with a scan tool. The Fuel Rail Pressure should be close to the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure. If pressures are not close Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If pressures are close
  9. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If the DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not reset
  10. All OK.

Note. Fuel pressure control will be disable if DTC P128E, P0192, or P0193 are set. Codes must be cleared to enable the device control.

  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. All vehicle systems OFF, wait 2 minutes for the ECM to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.
  3. Test for less than 5 ohms between the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Low Reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If greater than 5 ohms Test the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Low Reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 5 ohms
  4. Ignition ON.
  5. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt Reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Test the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt Reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V Test the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 5 Volt Reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8 and 5.2 V
  6. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure is greater than 219 MPa (31,763 psi). If less than 219 MPa (31,763 psi) Test the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal circuit terminal 2 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 219 MPa (31,763 psi)
  7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal circuit terminal 2 and the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Low Reference circuit terminal 1.
  8. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure parameter is less than 1 MPa (145 psi). If greater than 1 MPa (145 psi) Test the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 1 MPa (145 psi)
  9. Replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.

The engine control module (ECM) has the ability to learn injector timing performance. With the engine at operating temperature and in closed throttle decel mode, the ECM will pulse each injector individually and measure the changes in rotational speed of the crankshaft using the input from the crankshaft position sensor (CPS). The ECM will run this diagnostic at one fuel rail pressure operating point for each injector. The ECM stores the injector timing value.

  1. Ambient air temperature is above -7° C (19° F).
  2. Fuel temperature is between 0-80° C (32-176° F).
  3. Engine temperature is greater the 50° C (122° F).
  4. Battery voltages is greater than 10 V.
  5. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration is not active.
  6. Fuel system status is in fuel shut off mode during decel.
  7. Engine speed is between 950-1850 RPM.
  8. Accelerator pedal position is less than .05 percent.
  9. Vehicle speed greater than 0 mph.
  10. Ambient pressure is above 75 kPa.
  11. No other DTCs are present.
  12. The DTC runs once per trip when the above conditions exist.

A fault is detected when the corrected energizing time falls outside a calibrated threshold for greater than .01 seconds.

DTCs P01CC, P01CE, P01D0, P01D2, P01D4, P01D6, P01D8, P01DA, P01CB, P01CD, P01CF, P01D1, P01D3, P01D5, P01D7, or P01D9 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P01CC, P01CE, P01D0, P01D2, P01D4, P01D6, P01D8, P01DA, P01CB, P01CD, P01CF, P01D1, P01D3, P01D5, P01D7, or P01D9 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. This Diagnostic parameter is stored in the ECM over a period of time. Time to set this DTC may take several drive cycles.
  2. Contaminated or improper fuel quality may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Worn base engine components or differences in cylinder compression may cause this DTC to set

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

  1. Verify the proper fuel is used. Refer to «Fuel System Specifications»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications) , and «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) .
  2. Verify there are no aftermarket performance enhancing devices installed on the vehicle.
  3. Perform the Fuel Injector Correction Reset for the appropriate fuel injector. Refer to «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  4. Perform the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn. Refer to «Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. Refer to «Fuel Injector Timing Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC does not reset
  6. All OK.
  1. Perform a engine compression test. Refer to «Engine Compression Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__engine-compression-test) . If engine compression is not within specification Repair as necessary. If engine compression is within specification
  2. Replace the appropriate Q17 fuel injector.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic repair.

  1. «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side)
  2. Perform the «Fuel Injector Flow Rate Programming»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , and «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedures after replacement of a fuel injector.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
ECT Sensor SignalP0117P0118P0118P0128
Low ReferenceP0118P0118P0128
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +149°C (-38 to +300°F)
ECT Sensor 1 Signal149°C (300°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)

ECT Sensor Temperature

The engine coolant thermostat diagnosis is responsible to detect a delay in warming up of the engine coolant temperature. A stuck open thermostat is detected by monitoring the coolant temperature for a decrease below the diagnostic monitoring threshold during driving after the temperature once increases above the same threshold.

The purpose of this rationality diagnostics is to use the ECT sensor to determine if the engine coolant will heat up at the correct rate, and also meet the calibrated target temperatures under various operating conditions.

  1. DTC P2181 is not set.
  2. The engine is running.
  3. DTC P01F0 will only run once per ignition cycle until a Pass, Fail or Disable condition exists.

The engine did not meet the ECT target temperatures of 50°C (120°F) low region or 72°C (162°F) high region during expected calibrated warm-up times and start-up temperatures.

DTC P01F0 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P01F0 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. DTC P0128 occurring with insufficient vehicle interior heating is an indication of improper thermostat operation.
  2. Inspect the ECT sensor terminals and the ECT harness connector for corrosion. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.
  3. This diagnostic runs in a specific range. Measure and record the resistance of the ECT sensor at various ambient temperatures between -7 to +80°C (+19 to +176°F), then compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) table.
  4. A slight to moderate resistance in the ECT sensor signal circuit or low reference circuit will affect this diagnostic. This condition results in a greater voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a colder ECT.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Verify the cooling system is filled to the correct coolant level. Refer to «Cooling System Leak Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-leak-testing) , and «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Vac N Fill)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system__cooling-system-draining-and-filling-vac) , «Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system) . If the coolant level is not correct Repair as necessary If the coolant level is correct
  2. Verify the DTC P0116, P0117, or P2181 is not set. If a DTC is set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) If a DTC is not set
  3. Engine running for 15 min with the A/C OFF, increase the engine speed to 3,000 RPM.
  4. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is greater than 79°C (174°F) . If less than 79°C (174°F) Replace the Engine Coolant Thermostat. If greater than 79°C (174°F)
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Step 1. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor harness connector at the sensor.
  2. Test for refer to «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) Temperature Versus Resistance between the signal circuit terminal B and the low reference terminal A. If the temperature versus resistance are not within the specified ranges Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. If the temperature versus resistance are within the specified ranges
  3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the sensor housing. If less than infinite resistance Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. If infinite resistance
  4. All OK.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (Diesel)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/cooling-system-mechanical/#engine-cooling-system)
  2. «Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
Fuel Injector CircuitsShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 1P0606, P2146P0201P0606, P2146P0263
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 2P0606, P2152P0202 1P0606, P2152P0266
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 3P0606, P2155P0203 1P0606, P2155P0269
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 4P0606, P2146P0204 1P0606, P2146P0272
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 5P0606, P2152P0205 1P0606, P2152P0275
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 6P0606, P2149P0206 1P0606, P2149P0278
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 7P0606, P2149P0207 1P0606, P2149P0281
Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply Cylinder 8P0606, P2155P0208 1P0606, P2155P0284
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 1P2146P0201 1P1224P0263
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 2P2152P0202 1P1227P0266
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 3P2155P0203 1P122AP0269
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 4P2146P0204 1P1233P0272
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 5P2152P0205 1P1236P0275
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 6P2149P0206 1P1239P0278
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 7P2149P0207 1P1242P0281
Fuel Injector High Voltage Control Cylinder 8P2155P0208 1P1247P0284
1 Misfire DTCs may also set.

The engine control module (ECM) supplies a high voltage supply circuit and a high voltage control circuit for each fuel injector. The injector high voltage supply circuit and the high voltage control circuit are both controlled by the ECM. The ECM energizes each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit and supplying each fuel injector with up to 250 V and 20 A on the voltage supply circuit to activate the Piezo type fuel injectors. This is controlled by boost capacitors in the ECM. During the 250 V boost phase, the capacitor is used to charge the injector piezo stack, allowing for injector opening. The injector is then held open with this high voltage. At the end of the injection event the ECM closes the injector by discharging the injector piezo stack. The ECM monitors the status of the voltage supply and voltage control circuits. The injectors are separated into the following four groups

  1. Group 1- injectors 1 and 4
  2. Group 2- injectors 6 and 7
  3. Group 3- injectors 2 and 5
  4. Group 4- injectors 3 and 8

When a fuel injector circuit fault condition is detected by the ECM, the specific fuel injector, or the two fuel injectors in the affected group may be disabled. DTCs for the injector and/or group may set.

  1. The engine is running.
  2. The charging system voltage is between 10-18 V.
  1. The ECM injector output driver detects an incorrect current on a fuel injector circuit.
  2. The condition exists for less than 1 s.

DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, and P0208 are Type A DTCs.

DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, and P0208 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The electronic control module (ECM) is sensitive to resistance on the injector circuits
  2. Inspect each connector terminal for loose terminal fit or signs of fretting
  3. Ensure that the ohm meter is zeroed before making any resistance checks

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Engine Running.
  2. Observe the following scan tool parameters. Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 5 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 6 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 7 Injector Control Circuit Status Cylinder 8 Injector Control Circuit Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run. If any parameter displays Fault Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If no parameters display Fault
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC does not reset
  4. All OK.
WARNINGBefore working on any high voltage fuel injection system, be aware of the following procedures: Do not make contact with the fuel injection harness, engine control module (ECM), or fuel injectors while the ignition is ON or RUN positions. Wait 5 minutes after key OFF to allow the electronic control module (ECM) to discharge before attempting to disconnect or test engine control components. Do not use the electronic control module (ECM) case as a ground while jump starting. Failure to follow the procedure exactly as written may result in serious injury or death.

Note. If you cannot duplicate the condition, operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.

  1. Verify that DTC P2146, P2149, P2152, P2155, P1224, P1227, P122A, P1233, P1236, P1239, P1242, or P1247 are not set. If any of the listed DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) . If none of the listed DTCs are set
  2. Ignition OFF.
  3. Disconnect the X1, X2 and X3 harness connector at the K20 engine control module.
  4. Disconnect the appropriate harness connector at the Q17 fuel injector.
  5. Test for less than 5 ohms between the harness connectors of the appropriate Direct Fuel Injector (DFI) High Voltage Supply circuit listed below. Injector 1 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X2-13 Injector 2 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X3-50 Injector 3 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X3-69 Injector 4 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X2-29 Injector 5 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X3-70 Injector 6 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X2-30 Injector 7 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X2-14 Injector 8 terminal 1 and the ECM connector X3-49 If greater than 5 ohms Repair the open/high resistance in the appropriate Fuel Injector High Voltage Supply circuit. If less than 5 ohms
  6. Test for less than 5 ohms between the harness connectors of the appropriate Fuel Injector High Voltage Control circuit listed below. Injector 1 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X2-16 Injector 2 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X3-51 Injector 3 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X3-71 Injector 4 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X2-15 Injector 5 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X3-52 Injector 6 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X2-32 Injector 7 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X2-31 Injector 8 terminal 2 and the ECM connector X3-72 If greater than 5 ohms Repair the open/high resistance in the appropriate Fuel Injector High Voltage Control circuit. If less than 5 ohms
  7. Test for 150-210 kohms between terminal 1 and terminal 2 of the appropriate Q17 fuel injector. If not between 150 and 210 kohms Replace the appropriate Q17 fuel injector. If between 150 and 210 kohms
  8. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q17 fuel injector housing/case. If resistance is not infinite Replace the Q17 Fuel Injector . If resistance is infinite
  9. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  1. Ignition OFF.
  2. Disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q17 fuel injector.
  3. Test for 150-210 kohms between terminal 2 and terminal 1 of the Q17 fuel injector. If not between 150 and 210 kohms Replace the appropriate Q17 fuel injector. If between 150 and 210 kohms
  4. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q17 fuel injector housing/case. If resistance is not infinite Replace the Q17 fuel injector . If resistance is infinite
  5. All OK

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side)
  2. Perform the «Fuel Injector Flow Rate Programming»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , and «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure after replacement of a fuel injector.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures the pressure inside the intake manifold. Pressure in the intake manifold is affected by turbocharger output, engine speed, accelerator pedal input, ambient air temperature, and barometric pressure (BARO). A diaphragm within the MAP pressure sensor is displaced by the pressure changes that occur from the varying load and operating conditions of the engine. The sensor translates these changes into electrical resistance. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a regulated 5 volts on the 5-volt reference circuit and a ground on a low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM, relative to intake manifold pressures, on the MAP sensor signal circuit. The ECM converts the signal voltage input to a pressure value. Under normal operation, the lowest pressure that can exist in the intake manifold is equal to the BARO. This occurs when the throttle is not being used while the vehicle is operated at idle or when the ignition is ON while the engine is OFF. The highest manifold pressures occur when the turbocharger output is high. Manifold pressure can range from 58 kPa (8 psi) when pressures are low to more than 295 kPa (42.7 psi) when pressures are high, depending on the BARO. The MAP pressure sensor has a range of 43-365 kPa (6-53 psi). The ECM monitors the MAP sensor by comparing a calculated predicted value at a predetermined engine load and speed, to the actual sensor input.

  1. DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P007C, P007D, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0200, P02E0, P02E3, P02E8, P02E9, P02EB, P0403, P046C, P0489, P0490, P122B, P122C, P122F, P1407, P140B, P140D, P140E, P140F, P2228, P2229, P2263, P2453, P2494, P2495, P2564, or P2565 is not set.
  2. The engine speed is stable between 1,600-3,000 RPM.
  3. Fuel injector delivery rate is greater than 45 mm 3 and stable.
  4. Ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (19.4°F).
  5. BARO is greater than 75 kPa (11 psi).
  6. Turbocharger actuator position sensor offset learning is not active.
  7. Turbocharger vane cleaning, wiping, procedure is not active.
  8. DTC P0234 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the calculated difference between the desired and actual boost pressure is greater than a calibrated threshold for 15 s.

DTC P0234 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0234 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P003A, P0106, P168C, or P168D is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Ignition ON, Engine OFF, observe the scan tool BARO and MAP Sensor parameters. The parameters should be within 15 kPa (2.2 psi).
  3. Engine running, command the TC Vane Pos. Ctrl. Solenoid ON with a scan tool, while performing a snapshot of the induction data list. Refer to «Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Perform the following actions during the snapshot: Slowly increase the engine speed to 1,700 RPM for 5 s and then slowly return the engine speed to a stable idle. Plot the MAP sensor parameter vs engine speed. The MAP sensor parameter should increase and decrease smoothly and follow the Engine Speed parameter throughout the entire engine speed range.
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Verify the integrity of the air induction system and the turbocharger system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Any loose or improperly installed components A wet or restricted air filter Any exhaust leaks before the turbocharger Any exhaust restrictions after the turbocharger Any snow or ice build-up in cold climates at the air cleaner and MAF sensor Any water, snow, ice build-up, restrictions or coking at the MAP sensor If a condition is found, clean or repair as necessary.
  2. Test the charge air cooler for leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  3. Inspect the turbocharger oil supply tube for restrictions. If a restriction is found, clean or replace the oil supply tube as necessary.
  4. Inspect the turbocharger and turbocharger ducts for debris, sticking vanes, worn impeller and turbine blades or damage. Refer to «Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-off-vehicle__turbocharger-cleaning-and-inspection) . If worn or damaged turbocharger blades or vanes are found, replace the turbocharger assembly.
  5. If the induction system, charge air cooler system, the turbocharger and the turbocharger oil supply test normal, replace the B74 MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Turbocharger Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  3. «Turbocharger Oil Feed Pipe Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

The engine control module (ECM) monitors changes in crankshaft speed using input from the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM adjusts the fuel delivery to each cylinder in order to minimize crankshaft speed changes. If the ECM identifies a cylinder or cylinders requiring an excessive adjustment of fuel in order to maintain the correct crankshaft speed, a DTC will set.

  1. DTCs P0117, P0118, P0335, P0336, P2146, P2149, P2152, P2155 and P062C are not set
  2. The ECT is more than 40°C (104°F).
  3. Engine is running.
  4. The engine RPM is between 600-2,700 RPM.
  5. The calculated fuel rate is between 15 mm 3 and 90 mm 3 .
  6. DTC runs continuous when the above conditions are met.

The fuel injector balance correction is greater than the calibrated limit.

DTCs P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281 and P0284 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281 and P0284 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no other DTCs are set. If other DTCs are set refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs are set
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. In DTC does not reset
  4. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Perform a engine compression test. Refer to «Engine Compression Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__engine-compression-test) . If engine compression is not within specifications Repair as necessary. If engine compression is within specifications
  2. Refer to «Fuel Injector Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
SignalP007CP007DP007D*P007D, P111C
Low ReferenceP007DP007D*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Temperature Sensor

CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
SignalP0097P0098P0098*P0098, P0101, P2199
Low Reference*P2199
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2

CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
SignalP00EAP00EBP00EB*P00EB, P0101
Low ReferenceP00EBP00EB*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 3

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F)
Sensor Signal199°C (390°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

CAC Temperature Sensor

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +148°C (-38 to +298°F)
Signal150°C (302°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F)
Signal215°C (419°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
Low Reference40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)*
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 3

The engine control module (ECM) monitors three sensors' signals to calculate the efficiency of the charge air cooler (CAC)

  1. Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2
  2. IAT sensor 3
  3. CAC temperature sensor

The CAC temperature sensor, the IAT sensor 3, and the IAT sensor 2 are variable resistors. The ECM supplies 5 V to the signal circuits, and a ground for each sensor's low reference circuit. The ECM monitors the CAC temperature sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals to calculate the temperature of the fuel air. The ECM monitors the CAC sensor and IAT sensor 3 signals for excessively high or low voltages, or for voltage that is not in correlation with the other sensor's start up signal.

The sensors are listed in direction of the intake air flow, below

  1. The IAT sensor 2 is part of the Mass Air Flow (MAF/IAT) sensor assembly, located in the air cleaner assembly cover. Its signal is used by the ECM to calculate Ambient Temperature.
  2. The IAT sensor 3 is located in the outlet duct from the turbocharger. Its signal is used by the ECM to measure the temperature of the intake air going to the CAC inlet.
  3. The CAC temperature sensor is located in the CAC outlet duct before the throttle body assembly. Its signal is used by the ECM to measure the temperature of the intake air leaving the CAC.
  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 to 850 RPM, for at least 10 s.
  2. The ECT is between 70-123°C (158-253°F).
  3. The Ambient Air Temperature is warmer than -7°C (+19.4°F).
  4. The difference between the CAC Inlet Temperature and the Ambient Air Temperature is at least 40°C (72°F).
  5. The Intake Air Flow (IAF) Valve Position is 5 % or less.
  6. The BARO is greater than 75 kPa.
  7. The MAF signal: is between 83.33-152.77 g/s; for RPO LGH is between 13.8 g/s-277.7 g/s; for RPO LML
  8. The vehicle speed: is at least 60 Km/h (37 mph); for RPO LGH is at least 50 Km/h (31 mph); for RPO LML
  9. The calculated fuel rate: is between 20 mm 3 and 50 mm 3 ; for RPO LGH is between 20 mm 3 and 120 mm 3 ; for RPO LML
  10. This DTC runs once per key cycle when the above conditions exist.

The ECM detects that the CAC efficiency maintains a calibrated threshold for

  1. at least 60 s; for RPO LGH
  2. at least 30 s; for RPO LML

The CAC efficiency is based on the following sensor signals.

  1. CAC Temperature Sensor signal
  2. Intake IAT Sensor 3 signal
  3. Calculated Ambient Air Temperature value

DTC P026A is a Type B DTC.

DTC P026A is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. The IAT Sensor 3 is located before the inlet to the CAC. The IAT Sensor 3 is also known as the CAC Inlet Temperature Sensor (Turbocharger).
  2. The CAC Temperature Sensor is located after the outlet from the CAC. The CAC Temperature Sensor is also known as the CAC Outlet Temperature Sensor (Charge Air Outlet Duct).
  3. Skewed temperature sensors may cause this DTC to set.
  4. An inaccurate CAC Temperature Sensor may cause DTC P0101 to set.
  5. A grill cover may aid proper air flow.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more. The vehicle sitting in direct sun light or having the block heater ON will skew the results.

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 15°C (27°F) of each other. IAT Sensor 2 Sensor IAT Sensor 3 Sensor CAC Temperature Sensor If not within 15°C (27°F) Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within 15°C (27°F)
  3. Engine idling.
  4. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within the specified ranges. IAT Sensor 2 Sensor; -38 to +148°C (-36 to +298°F) IAT Sensor 3 Sensor; -39 to +213°C (-38 to +415°F) CAC Temperature Sensor;-39 to +198°C (-38 to +388°F) If not within the specified ranges Refer to Circuit System Testing. If within the specified ranges
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify a DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Verify none of the following conditions exist: A loose or disconnected charge air cooler hose or pipe A blocked or obstructed charge air cooler, including: after-market grill covers Any snow or ice build-up at the charge air cooler in cold climates Any mud or dirt build-up at the charge air cooler A restricted or collapsed air intake duct An intake manifold leak A MAP sensor seal that is leaking, missing, or damaged A restricted or collapsed air intake duct A misaligned or damaged air intake duct Any water intrusion in the induction system An Intake Manifold Resonator with a leaking seal, or a cracked or broken housing If a condition exists Repair or replace the component as appropriate. If no condition exists
  2. Engine idling at operating temperature. Command the EGR solenoid to 0 % with a scan tool. Observe the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter for 10 s. Verify the parameter stabilizes after 10 s and is between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Slowly increase the engine speed until reaching WOT. Verify the Airflow Leak Equivalence Ratio parameter stabilizes after 10 s and is between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. If not stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1. Test the charge air cooler system and air inlet system for leaks. Perform the Full System Air Leak Test and the Induction System Smoke Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If stable after 10 s and between 0.80:1 and 1.20:1.
  3. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the (5 Pin) B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor (IAT sensor 2).
  4. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the Intake Air Temperature sensor 2 low reference circuit terminal B and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  5. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit terminal A and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  6. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3.
  7. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the Intake Air Temperature sensor 3 low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  8. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the intake air temperature sensor 3 signal circuit terminal B and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  9. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor.
  10. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 2 ohms between the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 2 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If less than 2 ohms
  11. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the B193A Charge Air Cooler Temperature sensor signal circuit terminal B and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged. Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Ignition ON, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  12. Test or replace the appropriate temperature sensor.
  1. Test the appropriate temperature sensor by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the appropriate scan tool parameter. The values should be within 5%. If not within the specified range, replace the appropriate sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Outlet Pipe)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) (Turbocharger) for Intake Air Temperature Sensor 3; Charge Air Cooler Inlet Temperature Sensor Replacement.
  2. «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Turbocharger)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , «Charge Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Outlet Pipe)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) (Charge Air Outlet Duct) for Charge Air Cooler Temperature Sensor; Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor Replacement
  3. «Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) for (5 Pin) Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature sensor (IAT sensor 2) replacement
  4. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is greater than 30 g, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  5. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

In order to compensate for variations in the fuel system, the fuel mass observer function adapts a correction quantity using the difference between the measured and modeled oxygen content of the exhaust gas coming from NOx Sensor 1. A DTC will set when the correction quantity reaches the emission OBD limit. If the correction quantity is below the calibrated threshold for a specified time, the corresponding "Injection Quantity Too Low" fault will be set. If the correction quantity is above the calibrated threshold for a specified time, the corresponding "Injection Quantity Too High" fault will be set.

  1. Ambient air temperature is above -7°C (19°F).
  2. NOx signal is active.
  3. Engine coolant temperature is greater than 65°C (149°F).
  4. BARO is greater than 75 kPa.
  5. Engine speed is between 448 and 1040 RPM.
  6. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration not active.
  7. Vehicle speed less than 2 mph.
  8. PTO not engaged.
  9. Gear position is in drive or reverse.
  10. No other DTCs are present.
  11. The DTC runs once per trip.

A fault is detected when the corrected quantity exceeds the allowed limit for greater than 12 seconds.

DTCs P026C and P026D are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P026C and P026D are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. This Diagnostic parameter is stored in the ECM over a period of time. Time to set this DTC may take several drive cycles.
  2. Contaminated or improper fuel quality may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Worn base engine components or differences in cylinder compression may cause this DTC to set.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

  1. Ignition ON
  2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no other DTCs are set. If other DTCs are set Refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis. If no other DTCs .
  3. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 10 and 40 g/s. If less than 10 g/s Check for intake system leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If no intake system leaks are found, perform a «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If greater than 40 g/s Check for intake system leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . If between 10 and 40 g/s
  4. Verify there are no exhaust system leaks. Refer to «Exhaust Leakage»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/exhaust/#engine-exhaust-system__exhaust-leakage) . If exhaust system leaks were found Repair as necessary If no exhaust system leaks were found
  5. Engine idling at operating temperature and in drive.
  6. Verify using the scan tool that the fuel injection quantity is between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3 . If not between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3 Refer to «Fuel Injector Balance Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) If between 9mm 3 and 16mm 3
  7. Replace the B195 NOx sensor 1.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic repair.

  1. «Nitrogen Oxide Sensor Replacement - Position 1»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool NOx Sensor 1 Reset procedure after replacing NOx sensor 1.
  3. «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side)
  4. Perform the «Fuel Injector Flow Rate Programming»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , and «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedures after replacement of a fuel injector.

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures the pressure inside the intake manifold. Pressure in the intake manifold is affected by turbocharger output, engine speed, accelerator pedal input, ambient air temperature, and barometric pressure (BARO). A diaphragm within the MAP pressure sensor is displaced by the pressure changes that occur from the varying load and operating conditions of the engine. The sensor translates these changes into electrical resistance. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a regulated 5 volts on the 5-volt reference circuit and a ground on a low reference circuit. The MAP sensor provides a signal voltage to the ECM, relative to intake manifold pressures, on the MAP sensor signal circuit. The ECM converts the signal voltage input to a pressure value. Under normal operation, the lowest pressure that can exist in the intake manifold is equal to the BARO. This occurs when the throttle is not being used while the vehicle is operated at idle or when the ignition is ON while the engine is OFF. The highest manifold pressures occur when the turbocharger output is high. Manifold pressure can range from 58 kPa (8 psi) when pressures are low to more than 295 kPa (42.7 psi) when pressures are high, depending on the BARO. The MAP pressure sensor has a range of 43-365 kPa (6-53 psi). The ECM monitors the MAP sensor by comparing a calculated predicted value at a predetermined engine load and speed, to the actual sensor input.

  1. DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P007C, P007D, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P02E0, P02E8, P02E9, P02EB, P0403, P122D, P140F, P2228, P2229, P2453, P2494, P2495, P2564, P2565, or P268A is not set.
  2. The engine speed is stable between 1400-3000 RPM.
  3. Fuel injector delivery rate is stable.
  4. Ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (19.4°F).
  5. BARO is greater than 75 kPa (11 psi).
  6. Turbocharger actuator position sensor offset learning is not active.
  7. Turbocharger vane cleaning, wiping, procedure is not active.
  8. DTC P0299 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the calculated difference between the desired and actual boost pressure is greater than a calibrated threshold for 10 s.

DTC P0299 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0299 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify that DTC P003A, P0106, P168C, or P168D is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Ignition ON, Engine OFF, observe the scan tool BARO and MAP Sensor parameters. The parameters should be within 15 kPa (2.2 psi).
  3. Engine running, command the TC Vane Pos. Ctrl. Solenoid ON with a scan tool, while performing a snapshot of the induction data list. Refer to «Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) . Perform the following actions during the snapshot: Slowly increase the engine speed to 1,700 RPM for 5 s and then slowly return the engine speed to a stable idle. Plot the MAP sensor parameter vs engine speed. The MAP sensor parameter should increase and decrease smoothly and follow the Engine Speed parameter throughout the entire engine speed range.
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Verify the integrity of the air induction system and the turbocharger system by inspecting for the following conditions: Any damaged components Any loose or improperly installed components A wet or restricted air filter Any exhaust leaks before the turbocharger Any exhaust restrictions after the turbocharger Any snow or ice build-up in cold climates at the air cleaner and MAF sensor Any water, snow, ice build-up, restrictions or coking at the MAP sensor If a condition is found, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
  2. Test the charge air cooler for leaks. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  3. Inspect the turbocharger oil supply tube for restrictions. If a restriction is found, clean or replace the oil supply tube as necessary.
  4. Inspect the turbocharger and turbocharger ducts for debris, sticking vanes, worn impeller and turbine blades or damage. Refer to «Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-off-vehicle__turbocharger-cleaning-and-inspection) . If worn or damaged turbocharger blades or vanes are found, replace the turbocharger assembly.
  5. If the induction system, charge air cooler system, the turbocharger and the turbocharger oil supply test normal, replace the B74 MAP sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Turbocharger Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  3. «Turbocharger Oil Feed Pipe Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-on-vehicle)
  4. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

The Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors the correction values for the energizing time of each cylinder.

A correction value for the energizing time is learned for each cylinder at three different rail pressure operating points. The energizing time of the pilot injection is adapted at three calibrated rail pressure points. When the corrected energizing time exceeds the feedback control limit, the corresponding "Injector Exceeded Learning Limit" fault will be set.

  1. Engine running.
  2. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions exist.

A fault is detected when the stored corrected energizing time exceeds the allowed limit for greater than .05 seconds.

DTCs P02CD, P02CF, P02D1, P02D3, P02D5, P02D7, P02D9, OR P02DB are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P02CD, P02CF, P02D1, P02D3, P02D5, P02D7, P02D9, OR P02DB are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. This Diagnostic parameter is stored in the ECM over a period of time. Time to set this DTC may take several drive cycles.
  2. Contaminated or improper fuel quality may cause this DTC to set.
  3. Worn base engine components or differences in cylinder compression may cause this DTC to set.
  4. If the DTC is cleared without resetting the injection timing corrections a pending DTC will be set without illuminating the MIL until the next key cycle.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

  1. Verify the proper fuel is used. Refer to «Fuel System Specifications»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications) , and «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis) .
  2. Verify there are no aftermarket performance enhancing devices installed on the vehicle.
  3. Perform the Fuel Injector Correction Reset for the appropriate fuel injector. Refer to «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  4. Perform the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn. Refer to «Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  5. Perform the Fuel Injector Timing Learn to verify that the DTC does not reset. Refer to «Fuel Injector Timing Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If DTC resets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC does not reset
  6. All OK.
  1. Perform a engine compression test. Refer to «Engine Compression Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__engine-compression-test) . If engine compression is not within specification Repair as necessary. If engine compression is within specification
  2. Replace the appropriate Q17 fuel injector.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side)
  2. Perform the «Fuel Injector Flow Rate Programming»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) , and «Fuel Injector Correction Reset»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedures after replacement of a fuel injector.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to Voltage
IA Flow Valve Motor Control 1P02E0, P02E2P02E0, P02E2P02E0, P02E3
IA Flow Valve Motor Control 2P02E0, P122EP02E0, P122EP02E0, P122F

The throttle body is a normally open valve and is only operated during Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration and when maintaining selective catalyst reduction temperature. The position of the throttle body is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM). The throttle body system uses a position sensor located within the valve assembly to monitor the position of the valve.

The throttle body uses a motor to move the valve to an open or closed position.

P02E0

  1. The ignition is OFF.
  2. The engine is in after-run.
  3. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  4. The throttle valve motor control circuit is active.
  5. The DTC runs continuously whenever the above conditions are met.

P02E2, P02E3, P02EB, P122C, P122E and P122F

  1. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  2. The Engine is running.
  3. The throttle valve motor control circuit is active.
  4. The DTCs run continuously whenever the above conditions are met.

P02E0

The ECM detects an open circuit condition or an over temperature condition of the throttle valve control circuit internal to the ECM for greater than 3 s.

P02E2

The ECM detects that the throttle valve control circuit voltage is less than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P02E3

The ECM detects that the throttle valve control circuit voltage is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P02EB

The ECM detects a short circuit condition of the throttle valve motor control circuits for greater than 2 s.

P122C

The ECM detects a short circuit on the throttle valve control circuit voltage for greater than 3 s.

P122E

The ECM detects that the throttle valve control circuit 2 voltage is less than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P122F

The ECM detects that the throttle valve control circuit 2 voltage is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

DTC P02E0, P02E2, P02E3, P02EB, P122C, P122E and P122F are Type B DTCs.

DTC P02E0, P02E2, P02E3, P02EB, P122C, P122E and P122F are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Engine idling, observe the scan tool IAF Valve Pos. Sensor voltage parameter. The reading should be between 3.7-4.7 V.
  2. Turn OFF the ignition while observing the scan tool IAF Valve Position parameter. The parameter should fluctuate between 0 % and 100 % several times.
  3. Engine running, observe the following scan tool IAF control circuit status parameters: IAF Valve Ctrl Ckt 1-2 Short Volts Test Status IAF Valve Ctrl Ckt 1-2 Short Gnd Test Status IAF Valve Ctrl Ckt Open Test Status IAF Valve Ctrl Ckt Shorted Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
  4. Engine running, observe the following scan tool IAF control circuit status parameters: IAF Valve Ctrl Drvr Low Voltage IAF Valve Ctrl Drvr High Current IAF Valve Ctrl Drvr Temp Dependent High Current IAF Valve Ctrl Drvr High Temp Each parameter should display NO.
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Inspect the Q38 throttle body for the following conditions: A throttle blade that is not in the rest position A throttle blade that is binding open or closed A throttle blade that opens or closes without spring pressure Throttle body for dirt or debris A worn or damaged throttle valve body, blade or shaft If a condition is found, clean or replace the Q38 throttle body as necessary.
  2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q38 throttle body.
  3. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between control circuit terminal 1 and ground. The test lamp should illuminate. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  4. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between control circuit terminal 2 and ground. The test lamp should illuminate. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the control circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  5. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector X3 at the K20 ECM.
  6. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 1 and ground. The test lamp should NOT illuminate. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  7. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground. The test lamp should NOT illuminate. If the test lamp illuminates, test the control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  8. If all circuits test normal, replace the Q38 throttle body.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 V ReferenceP0697, P02E8, P2122P02E8P0697, P02E9, P2138P02E7
Position Sensor SignalP02E8P02E8P02E9P02E7
Low ReferenceP02E8P02E9*P02E7
* Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON or Engine idling Parameter Normal Range: 3.7-4.7 V
5 V Reference0 V0 V0-3 V
Position Sensor Signal0 V5 V4.5-5.5 V
Low Reference4.5-5.5 V

Intake Air Flow Valve Position Sensor

The throttle body is a normally open valve and is only operated during diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration and when maintaining the selective catalyst reduction temperature. The position of the valve is controlled by the engine control module (ECM). The throttle body system uses a position sensor located within the valve assembly to monitor the position of the valve.

A motor is used to move the valve to an open or closed position.

P02E7

  1. The engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for greater than 10 s.
  2. The engine is not in afterun mode.
  3. The charge air cooler temperature is less than 199°C (390°F).
  4. DTC P02E7 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P02E8 and P02E9

  1. The engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for greater than 10 s.
  2. The engine is not in afterun mode.
  3. DTC P02E8 and P02E9 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P02E7

The ECM detects that the difference between the desired throttle valve position and the actual throttle valve position is greater than 10 % for 10 s.

P02E8

The ECM detects that the throttle valve position sensor voltage is less than 0.25 V for 5 s.

P02E9

The ECM detects that the throttle valve position sensor voltage is greater than 4.75 V for 5 s.

P02E7

DTC P02E7 is a Type B DTC.

P02E8 and P02E9

  1. DTCs P02E8 and P02E9 are Type A DTCs.
  2. The driver information center may display Service Emissions System message.
  3. DPF regeneration is inhibited.

P02E7

DTC P02E7 is a Type B DTC.

P02E8 and P02E9

DTCs P02E8 and P02E9 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool DTC information. DTC P02E2, P02E3, P02EB, P0697, P122C, P122E, or P122F should not be set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Ignition ON, command the Intake Air Flow Valve Motor from 100-0 % with a scan tool. The Desired Intake Air Flow Valve Position parameter and the Intake Air Flow Valve Position parameter should match.
  3. Engine idling, observe the scan tool Intake Air Flow Valve Position Sensor voltage parameter. The reading should be between 3.7-4.7 V.
  4. Turn OFF the ignition while observing the scan tool Intake Air Flow Valve Position parameter. The parameter should fluctuate between 100-0 % several times.
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, inspect the Q38 Throttle Body for the following conditions: Throttle blade that is not in the rest position Throttle blade that is binding open or closed Throttle blade that opens or closes without spring pressure Throttle body for dirt, debris or coking Damaged throttle valve blade or shaft If a condition is found, clean or replace the Q38 Throttle Body assembly as necessary.
  2. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q38 Throttle Body.
  3. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  4. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between 5-volt reference circuit terminal 6 and ground. If less than the specified range, test 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than the specified range, test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  5. Verify the scan tool IAF valve position sensor voltage is less than 0.1 V. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 5 for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 5 and the 5-volt reference circuit terminal 6. Verify that the scan tool IAF position sensor voltage is greater than 4.8 V. If less than the specified range, test the throttle body signal circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If all circuits test normal, replace the Q38 Throttle Body.
  1. «Throttle Body Assembly Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming and setup.
  1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
  2. Perform any adjustment, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
  3. Clear the DTCs.
  4. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, including retained accessory power (RAP) and the scan tool. This may take up to 2 minutes.
  5. Duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list)
  6. Perform the «Reductant System Malfunction Service Bay Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__reductant-system-malfunction-service-bay-test) with a scan tool in order to clear the Service Emission System message, if illuminated. If the Service Emission System message does not turn OFF, a condition with the system still exists.

The engine control module (ECM) monitors changes in crankshaft speed using input from the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM adjusts the fuel delivery to each cylinder in order to minimize crankshaft speed changes. If the ECM identifies a cylinder or cylinders requiring an excessive amount of fuel in order to maintain the correct crankshaft speed, a Misfire DTC will set.

  1. DTCs P0117, and P0118 are not set.
  2. The Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn procedure has successfully completed.
  3. The ECT is warmer than 40°C (104°F).
  4. The engine is running at idle for more than 10 s.
  5. The engine RPM is between 400-1,300 RPM.
  6. The vehicle speed is less than 2 mph.
  7. The calculated fuel rate is between 5 mm 3 and 100 mm 3 .
  8. The fuel level is above 15%.
  9. DTCs P0300-P0308 will run once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.

The ECM is detecting a crankshaft rotation speed change indicating a misfire sufficient to cause emission levels to exceed mandated standards.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets

DTCs P0300-P0308 are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0300-P0308 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A misfire may occur only when the engine is operating under a load.
  2. The Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn procedure may need to be performed.
  3. Contaminated or improper fuel quality may cause this DTC to set.
  4. A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect the following for possible sources of vibration: A damaged accessory drive component or belt; remove the belt and safely operate the engine to evaluate A damaged reluctor wheel

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)
  5. «Powertrain Component Views»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/electrical-component-locations/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-component-locator-powertrain-component-views)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Verify that the fuel used is proper. Refer to «Fuel System Specifications»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications) , and «Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__contaminants-in-fuel-diagnosis)
  2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. If a DTC, other than P0300-P0308, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281, P0284, or P12B3-P12C1 is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
  2. With a scan tool, perform the Cylinder Compression Test. If the compression test results are erratic, refer to «Engine Compression Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__engine-compression-test) .
  3. Perform the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn procedure. Refer to, «Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  5. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. If DTC P0301-P0308 is set, replace the injector for the cyclinder with the Misfire DTC. Refer to «Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-right-side) , «Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__fuel-injector-replacement-left-side) .

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Control Module References for ECM replacement, setup, and programming.

The Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn feature is used to calculate reference period errors caused by slight build tolerance variations in the crankshaft position sensor, crankshaft, reluctor wheel, and crankshaft position sensor location. The calculated error allows the engine control module (ECM) to accurately compensate for reference period variations. The ECM stores the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn values after a Learn procedure has been performed. If the actual crankshaft position variation is not learned in a given time DTC P0315 will set.

  1. DTCs P0016, P0335, P0336, P0340, and P0341 are not set.
  2. The engine speed is between 900-1,900 RPM
  3. The ECM is in fuel shut-off, or decel fuel cut-off mode.
  4. The Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn has not learned successfully.
  5. The diagnostic runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn values are not stored in memory for an accumulated time of more than 84 minutes.

DTC P0315 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0315 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. This Diagnostic parameter is stored in the ECM over a peroid of time. Time to set this DTC may take several drive cycles.
  2. Using a scan tool , monitor the CKP Zone 1 Variation Learn Status AND CKP Zone 2 Variation Learn Status parameters. DTC P0315 will not run, when the both parameters display: Complete.
  3. A smooth roadway may be useful to run the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn procedure successfully.

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, monitor the following parameters with a scan tool. Both parameters should display: Complete. CKP Zone 2 Variation Learn Status CKP Zone 1 Variation Learn Status
  2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.

  1. Perform the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn Procedure. Refer to, «Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) . If the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn Procedure cannot be performed successfully, inspect for the following conditions: Interference in the signal circuit of the crankshaft position sensor The ignition switch is left in the ON position, until the battery is discharged An ECM power disconnect, with the ignition ON, that may have erased the Crankshaft Position Reluctor Wheel Learn values and set DTC P0315 Any debris between the crankshaft position sensor and the reluctor wheel A damaged or misaligned reluctor wheel A damaged crankshaft-Refer to «Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-off-vehicle__crankshaft-and-bearing-cleaning-and-inspection) . Excessive crankshaft runout Any worn crankshaft main bearings If the ECM is still unable to complete the learn procedure, replace the ECM.
  2. Ignition OFF. Verify all vehicle systems are OFF. This may take up to 2 minutes.
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic Repair Verification»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-repair-verification) after completing the diagnostic procedure.
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 Volt ReferenceP06D2, P0335P0335P06D2, P0335P0336
SignalP0335P0335P0335P0336
Low ReferenceP0335P0336

The crankshaft position sensor signal indicates the crankshaft speed and position. There are 57 teeth on the front of the crankshaft sprocket plus a synchronization gap. The crankshaft position sensor will output an ON/OFF pulse as each window passes the sensing element. The crankshaft position sensor is connected directly to the engine control module (ECM).

P0335

  1. DTC P0102. P0103, P0191, P0315, P0506, or P0507 is not set.
  2. The engine speed is greater than 400 RPM and synchronization is complete.
  3. The starter is engaged. AND
  4. The vehicle is stationary. OR
  5. Vehicle speed is greater than 26 kp/h (16 MPH) and engine speed is greater than 200 RPM.
  6. Engine speed is less than 200 RPM and the starter is not engaged.

P0336

  1. DTC P0102. P0103, P0191, P0315, P0506, or P0507 is not set.
  2. The engine is running.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0335

The engine control module has not detected a pulse from the crankshaft position sensor for 6 or more camshaft rotations.

P0336

The crankshaft position sensor signal is erratic for 10 or more crankshaft rotations.

  1. DTC P0335 is a Type A DTC.
  2. DTC P0336 is a Type B DTC.
  1. DTC P0335 is a Type A DTC.
  2. DTC P0336 is a Type B DTC.
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

If the crankshaft position sensor signal is interrupted while the engine is running the engine could stall and may not start.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify DTC P06D2 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p041c-to-dtc-p04b) . If the DTC is not set
  3. Engine Running.
  4. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter increments. If the counter does not increment Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the counter increments
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK.
  1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the crankshaft position sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the engine control module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If 2 ohms or less, replace the engine control module. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms , replace the engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  5. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the engine control module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance. Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the engine control module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the engine control module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  6. Ignition OFF, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire to the signal circuit terminal 1, ignition ON.
  7. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter increments while rapidly tapping the fused jumper wire end to ground. If the counter does not increment Replace the engine control module. If the counter increments
  8. Verify DTC P0336 is not set. If the DTC is set Inspect for the conditions listed below: Excessive play or looseness of the crankshaft position sensor or the reluctor wheel Improper installation of the crankshaft position sensor Foreign material passing between the crankshaft position sensor and the reluctor wheel Damaged reluctor wheel Excessive air gap between the crankshaft position sensor and the reluctor wheel Engine oil for debris Timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage If any of the conditions above are found, repair as necessary. If all components test normal, test or replace the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. If the DTC is not set
  9. Replace the crankshaft position sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 Volt ReferenceP0641, P0340P0340P0340P0341
SignalP0340P0340P0340P0341
Low ReferenceP0340P0341

The camshaft position sensor produces 3 ON/OFF pulses for each revolution of the camshaft. The camshaft position output is pulse width encoded. The engine control module (ECM) uses the camshaft position and crankshaft position output pulses to determine the engine speed and position. The camshaft position is connected directly to the engine control module (ECM).

  1. DTC P0191 or P0315 is not set.
  2. The engine control module (ECM) has detected crankshaft position sensor pulses.

The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0340

The engine control module (ECM) does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 crankshaft revolutions.

P0341

The engine control module (ECM) detects erratic camshaft position sensor pulses for greater than 4 camshaft revolutions.

  1. DTC P0340 is a Type A DTC.
  2. DTC P0341 is a Type B DTC.
  1. DTC P0340 is a Type A DTC.
  2. DTC P0341 is a Type B DTC.
  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

If the camshaft position sensor signal is interrupted while the engine is running the engine will operate normally.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify DTC P0641 is not set. If the DTC is set Refer to «DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p041c-to-dtc-p04b) . If the DTC is not set
  3. Engine Running.
  4. Verify the scan tool Camshaft Active Counter parameter increments. If the counter does not increment Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the counter increments
  5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  6. Verify the DTC does not set. If the DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If the DTC does not set
  7. All OK.
  1. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Camshaft Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
  2. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If 5 ohms or greater Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the Engine Control Module. Test for less than 2 ohms in the low reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If 2 ohms or less, replace the Engine Control Module. If less than 5 ohms
  3. Ignition ON.
  4. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance. Test for less than 2 ohms in the 5 V reference circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms , replace the Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the Engine Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  5. Test for 4.8-5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than 4.8 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the Engine Control Module. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground. If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. If infinite resistance. Test for less than 2 ohms in the signal circuit end to end. If 2 ohms or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. If less than 2 ohms, replace the Engine Control Module. If greater than 5.2 V Ignition OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the Engine Control Module, ignition ON. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground. If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. If less than 1 V, replace the Engine Control Module. If between 4.8-5.2 V
  6. Verify DTC P0341 is not set. If the DTC is set Inspect for the conditions listed below: Excessive play or looseness of the Camshaft Position Sensor or the reluctor wheel Improper installation of the Camshaft Position Sensor Foreign material passing between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel Damaged reluctor wheel Excessive air gap between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel Engine oil for debris Timing chain, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage If any of the conditions above are found, repair as necessary. If all components test normal, test or replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. If the DTC is not set
  7. Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for engine control module (ECM) replacement, programming, and setup.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
Wait To Start Indicator ControlP0381P0381P0381
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON Parameter Normal Range: OK/Not Run
Wait To Start Indicator ControlMalfunctionOK/Not RunOK/Not Run

Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. Low Voltage Test Status

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON Parameter Normal Range: OK/Not Run
Wait To Start Indicator ControlOK/Not RunMalfunctionOK/Not Run

Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. Open Test Status

CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON Parameter Normal Range: OK/Not Run
Wait To Start Indicator ControlOK/Not RunOK/Not RunMalfunction

Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. High Voltage Test Status

The engine control module (ECM) provides a ground to the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit when conditions require the Wait To Start Lamp to be turned on. The ECM monitors the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit for proper operation.

  1. Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  2. DTC P0381 runs continuously when the ignition is ON.
  1. The ECM detects an open or high voltage on the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit for greater than 1 second.
  2. The ECM detects low voltage on the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit for greater than 3 second.

DTC P0381 is a Type B DTC.

DTC P0381 is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Description and Operation

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Command the Wait to Start Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool. Verify that the Wait to Start Indicator turns ON and OFF with each command. If Wait to Start Indicator does not turn on and off Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If Wait to Start Indicator turns on and off
  3. Command the Wait to Start Indicator ON and OFF with a scan tool while observing the following control circuit status parameters: Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. Low Voltage Test Status Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. Open Test Status Wait To Start Ind. Ctrl. Ckt. High Voltage Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run. If parameter displays Malfunction Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If parameter does not display Malfunction
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data. If DTC sets Refer to Circuit/System Testing. If DTC does not set
  5. All OK.
  1. Ignition ON.
  2. Verify that the (IPC) Instrument Panel Cluster warning indicators are illuminated. If IPC warning indicators do not illuminate Test the ignition circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal and the ignition circuit fuse is open, replace the P16 Instrument Panel Cluster. If IPC warning indicators illuminate
  3. Ignition OFF.
  4. Disconnect ECM X1 harness connector.
  5. Ignition ON.
  6. Verify that the Wait to Start Lamp does not illuminate. If Wait to Start Indicator illuminates Test the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit terminal X1 20 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 Instrument Panel Cluster. If Wait to Start Indicator does not illuminate
  7. Connect a 3A fused jumper wire between the Wait To Start Indicator Control circuit terminal X1 20 and ground. The Wait to Start Lamp should illuminate. If Wait to Start Indicator does not illuminate Test the Wait to Start Indicator Control circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the P16 Instrument Panel Cluster or bulb. If Wait to Start Indicator illuminates
  8. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Instrument Cluster Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#instrument-panel-system-displays-and-gauges)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming.

The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM controls the EGR valve by supplying a 12-volt pulse width modulated signal to the EGR solenoid low control circuit and 12 volts to the high control circuit. The ECM monitors the EGR flow performance when the EGR is active by comparing the desired Mass Air Flow (MAF) to the actual MAF. If the actual MAF is less than or greater than a calibrated threshold level the amount of detected EGR flow is out of range.

  1. DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P007C, P007D, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P02E0, P02E7, P02E8, P02E9, P02EB, P0403, P0405, P0406, P0489, P0490, P122C, P122E, P122F, P1407, P140D, P140E, P140F, P1411, P1412, P1413, P1414, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P2228, P2229, P2263, P2453, P245A, P245C, P245D, P2493, P2494, P2495, P2564, P2565, P2598,or P2599 is not set.
  2. The engine is running.
  3. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

The ECM detects that the difference between the desired mass air flow and the actual mass air flow is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 15 s.

  1. DTC P0400 is a Type A DTC.
  2. The driver information center, if equipped, may display Reduced Engine Power message.
  3. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration is inhibited.

DTC P0400 is a Type A DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Inspect for the following conditions that may cause this DTC to set

  1. Contamination on the MAF sensor element
  2. Restriction before or after the MAF sensor
  3. Skewed MAF sensor
  4. Aftermarket air filter

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Note. Occasionally, when using an EGR device control, Engine Reduced Power and Clean Exhaust Filter messages may occur after a short delay when commanding large EGR positions. The messages are a result of ECM protecting hardware during device control mode. No DTCs will be stored and the Diesel Particulate Filter does not need to be service cleaned. Exiting device control will restore normal function.

  1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool Desired EGR Position and the EGR Position Sensor parameters. Command the EGR Valve to 40 % with a scan tool. The parameters should respond and remain within 3 % throughout the commanded range.
  2. Engine running command the EGR Valve to 40 % with a scan tool, then increase the engine speed to 2,500 RPM. The engine should run rough.
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. Perform the Circuit System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing. Always replace the EGR valve or EGR cooler gaskets when removal or replacement of the components is necessary. Recording of Mass Air Flow parameter g/s are valid only if the Reduced Engine Power message is not present.

  1. Engine running, perform the following: Maintain engine speed at idle. With a scan tool, command the EGR solenoid to 0 % and record the MAF Sensor g/s parameter. Command the EGR solenoid to 40 % with a scan tool while observing the EGR Position Sensor and the MAF Sensor g/s parameters. Record the MAF Sensor parameter. The difference between the MAF Sensor parameter at 0 % EGR solenoid position and 40 % EGR solenoid position should be greater than 15 g/s. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, inspect the EGR cooler and the EGR valve passages for a restriction. If a condition is found, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
  2. Ignition OFF, inspect for the following: The exhaust system for leaks, restrictions, or for modification of the original equipment manufacture (OEM) part A restriction in the air cleaner and the air intake ducts A restriction in the turbocharger charge air cooler system A restriction in the intake manifold If a condition is found, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
  3. Test the air induction system for air leaks between the MAF sensor and the turbocharger. Perform the Induction System Smoke Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  4. Test the charge air cooler system for leaks. Perform the Full System Air Leak Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  5. If the exhaust, air induction, charge air cooler and mass air flow systems test normal, Test or replace the Q14 EGR Valve.

Note. Perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with the Component Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the Q14 EGR valve. Refer to «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  2. Inspect the Q14 EGR valve for the following conditions: A sticking, binding, or frozen EGR valve A leak or restriction in the EGR valve and EGR ports and passages Any coking, soot build up, debris or damage that can cause the EGR valve to stick partially open or closed If a condition is found, replace the Q14 EGR Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. Perform the scan tool «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions__diesel-particulate-filter-dpf-regeneration-enable) , procedure if the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is less than 30 g. If the scan tool DPF Soot Mass is 30 g or greater, perform the «Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Service Regeneration»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) procedure.
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM controls the EGR valve by supplying a 12-volt pulse width modulated signal to the EGR Valve low control circuit and 12 volts to the high control circuit. The ECM monitors the EGR flow performance when the EGR is active by comparing the desired Mass Air Flow (MAF) to the actual MAF. If the actual MAF is less than or greater than a calibrated threshold level the amount of detected EGR flow is out of range.

P0401

  1. DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P007C, P007D, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P02E0, P02E7, P02E8, P02E9, P02EB, P0403, P0405, P0406, P0489, P0490, P122C, P122E, P122F, P1407, P140D, P140E, P140F, P1411, P1412, P1413, P1414, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P2228, P2229, P2263, P2453, P245A, P245C, P245D, P2493, P2494, P2495, P2564, P2565, P2598, or P2599 is not active.
  2. The engine speed is between 500-950 RPM.
  3. The calculated fuel rate is between 1-15 mm 3
  4. The ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (19.4°F).
  5. The engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F).
  6. The Barometric Pressure is greater than 74.8 kPa (10.9 psi).
  7. The system is not in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration.
  8. The EGR valve position is greater than 5 %.
  9. The throttle valve position is less than 5 %.
  10. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0402

  1. DTC P0045, P0047, P0048, P006E, P006F, P007C, P007D, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P02E0, P02E7, P02E8, P02E9, P02EB, P0403, P0405, P0406, P0489, P0490, P122C, P122E, P122F, P1407, P140D, P140E, P140F, P1411, P1412, P1413, P1414, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P2228, P2229, P2263, P2453, P245A, P245C, P245D, P2493, P2494, P2495, P2564, P2565, P2598, or P2599 is not set.
  2. The engine speed is between 1,200-1,400 RPM.
  3. The calculated fuel rate is greater than 40 mm 3 .
  4. The ambient air temperature is greater than -7°C (19.4°F).
  5. The Barometric Pressure is greater than 74.8 kPa (10.9 psi).
  6. The system is not in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration.
  7. The EGR valve is active.
  8. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0401

The ECM detects that the difference between the actual mass air flow and the desired mass air flow is less than a calibrated value for greater than 10 s.

P0402

The ECM detects that the difference between the actual mass air flow and the desired mass air flow is greater than a calibrated value for greater than 10 s.

DTC P0401 and P0402 are Type B DTCs.

DTC P0401 and P0402 are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Inspect for the following conditions that may cause this DTC to set

  1. Contamination on the MAF sensor element
  2. Restriction before or after the MAF sensor
  3. Skewed MAF sensor
  4. Aftermarket air filter

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool DTC information. Verify DTC P0403 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) .
  2. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool Desired EGR Position and the EGR Position Sensor parameters. Command the EGR Valve to 40 % with a scan tool. The readings should remain within 3 % throughout the commanded range.
  3. Command the EGR Valve to 40 % with a scan tool while observing the EGR Position Sensor and the MAF Sensor g/s parameters. Record the MAF Sensor reading. The difference between the MAF Sensor reading at 0 % EGR Valve position and 40 % EGR Valve position should be greater than 13.5 g/s.
  4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify that the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. Perform the Circuit System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing. Always replace the EGR valve or EGR cooler gaskets when removal or replacement of the components is necessary. Recording of Mass Air Flow parameter g/s are valid only if the Reduced Engine Power message is not present.

  1. Engine running, perform the following: Maintain engine speed at idle. With a scan tool, command the EGR Valve to 0 % and record the MAF Sensor g/s parameter. Command the EGR Valve to 40 % with a scan tool while observing the EGR Position Sensor and the MAF Sensor g/s parameters. Record the MAF Sensor reading. The difference between the MAF Sensor reading at 0 % EGR Valve position and 40 % EGR Valve position should be greater than 19 g/s. If the MAF Sensor parameter is not within the specified range, inspect the EGR cooler, EGR cooler bypass valve, (if equipped), and the EGR valve and passages for a restriction. If a condition is found, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
  2. Ignition OFF, verify the conditions listed below do not exist: Exhaust system leaks, restrictions, or for modification of the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) part Restrictions in the air cleaner and the air intake ducts Restrictions or damage to the turbocharger. Refer to «Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/mechanical/#engine-mechanical-66l-lgh-repair-instructions-off-vehicle__turbocharger-cleaning-and-inspection) Restrictions in the charge air cooler Restrictions in the intake manifold If a condition is found, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
  3. Test the air induction system for air leaks between the MAF sensor and the turbocharger. Perform the Induction System Smoke Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  4. Test the charge air cooler system for leaks. Perform the Full System Air Leak Test. Refer to «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Full System Air Leak Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) , «Charge Air Cooler Diagnosis (Induction System Smoke Test)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) .
  5. If the exhaust, air induction, charge air cooler and mass air flow systems test normal, Test or replace the Q14 EGR Valve.

Note. Perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with the Component Testing.

  1. Ignition OFF, remove the Q14 EGR valve. Refer to «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions) .
  2. Inspect the Q14 EGR valve for the following conditions: A sticking, binding, or frozen EGR valve A leak or restriction in the EGR valve and EGR ports and passages Any coking, soot build up, debris or damage that can cause the EGR valve to stick partially open or closed If a condition is found, replace the Q14 EGR Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
EGR Valve Motor High SignalP0489P0403, P046CP0490P046C
EGR Valve Motor Low SignalP140DP0403, P046CP140EP046C

The ECM uses the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The ECM sends a reference voltage through the 5 V reference circuit to the EGR position sensor. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A variable voltage signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR position sensor signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.

The EGR valve is controlled by the ECM through the EGR motor high control and the EGR motor low control circuits. The ECM will pulse width modulate the low control circuit to ground when EGR is desired.

P0403

  1. The Ignition is OFF.
  2. The engine is in after-run.
  3. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  4. The EGR valve offset learning procedure is active.
  5. The starter is not cranking.
  6. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

OR

  1. The Ignition is ON.
  2. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  3. The EGR control circuit is active.
  4. The starter is not cranking.
  5. The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0489, P0490, P1407, P140D, P140E and P140F

  1. The Ignition is ON.
  2. The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
  3. The EGR control circuit is active.
  4. The starter is not cranking.
  5. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0403

  1. The ECM detects an open circuit condition of an EGR motor control circuit for greater than 3 s. OR
  2. The ECM detects an over temperature condition of the EGR control circuit internal to the ECM for greater than 3 s.

P0489

The ECM detects that the EGR Valve High (Open) control circuit voltage is less than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P0490

The ECM detects that the EGR Valve High (Open) control circuit voltage is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P1407

The ECM detects a short circuit condition of the EGR Valve motor control circuits for greater than 3 s.

P140D

The ECM detects that the EGR Valve Low (Close) control circuit voltage is less than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P140E

The ECM detects that the EGR Valve Low (Close) control circuit voltage is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 3 s.

P140F

The ECM detects that the EGR Valve control circuit current is greater than a calibrated threshold for greater than 2 s.

DTCs P0403, P0489, P0490, P1407, P140D, P140E and P140F are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P0403, P0489, P0490, P1407, P140D, P140E and P140F are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provides an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

  1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool EGR Position Sensor and the Commanded State parameters. Command the EGR Valve from 0 to 40 % with a scan tool. The parameters should remain within 3 % throughout the commanded range.
  2. Engine Running, observe the following scan tool EGR control circuit status parameters: EGR Ctrl. Ckt. 1 Short Gnd Test Status EGR Ctrl. Ckt. 2 Short Gnd Test Status EGR Ctrl. Ckt. Open Test Status EGR Ctrl. Ckt. 1 Short Volts Test Status EGR Ctrl. Ckt. Shorted Test Status EGR Ctrl. Ckt. 2 Short Volts Test Status Each parameter should display OK or Not Run.
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 EGR Valve.
  2. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the EGR Motor Open Control circuit terminal 6 and ground. The test lamp should not illuminate. If the test lamp illuminates, test the Motor Open Control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  3. Command the EGR Motor to 10 % with a scan tool. The test lamp should illuminate. If the lamp does not illuminate, test the EGR Motor Open Control circuit for an open/high resistance or short to ground and the EGR Motor Close Control circuit for a short to ground or a short to voltage. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Ignition ON, connect a test lamp between the EGR Motor Close Control circuit terminal 2 and ground and command the EGR Motor from 0-90 % with a scan tool. The test lamp should illuminate and decrease in intensity with each increase in command. If the test lamp does not illuminate, test the EGR Motor Close Control circuit for an open/high resistance or a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM. If the test lamp illuminates but does not respond to the scan tool commands as specified, test the EGR Motor Close Control circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, replace the Q14 EGR Valve.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, programming and setup
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
5 V ReferenceP0406, P046C, P06A3, P2495P0406, P046CP0406, P06A3, P2495P046C
EGR Valve Position Sensor SignalP0405P0406, P046CP0406P046C
Low ReferenceP0406, P046CP046C
CircuitShort to GroundOpenShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: 0.25-4.8 V
5 V Reference Voltage5.0 V5.0 V5.0 V
EGR Sensor Signal0 V5.0 V5.0 V
Low Reference5.0 V

EGR Position Sensor

The engine control module (ECM) uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The ECM sends a reference voltage through the 5 V reference circuit to the EGR position sensor. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A variable voltage signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR position sensor signal circuit.

  1. Engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for 10 s.
  2. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0405

The ECM detects that the EGR position sensor voltage is less than 0.25 V for greater than 5 s.

P0406

The ECM detects that the EGR position sensor voltage is greater than 4.8 V for greater than 5 s.

  1. DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type A DTCs.
  2. The driver information center may display Service Emissions System message.

DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type A DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

  1. Ignition ON, observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Verify DTC P06A3 is not set. If a DTC is set, refer to «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list) for further diagnosis.
  2. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool Desired EGR Position and the EGR Position Sensor parameters. Command the EGR Motor from 0 to 40 % with a scan tool. The parameters should increment and remain within 3 % throughout the commanded range.
  3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation valve.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  3. Ignition ON, test for 4.8-5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground. If less than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to ground or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. If greater than the specified range, test the 5 V reference circuit for a short to voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  4. Ignition ON, verify that the scan tool EGR Position Sensor parameter is greater than 4.8 V. If the parameter is less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to ground. If the circuits test normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  5. Ignition ON, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and the signal circuit terminal 5. Verify the scan tool EGR Position Sensor parameter is less than 0.25 V. If the EGR Position Sensor parameter is greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
  6. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation valve.

Ignition OFF, remove the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation valve. Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement . Inspect the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation valve for the following conditions

  1. A sticking, binding or frozen EGR valve
  2. Any coking, soot build up, debris or damage that can cause the EGR valve to stick partially open or closed If a condition is found, clean or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation valve as necessary.
  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup and programming
  1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
  2. Perform any adjustment, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
  3. Clear the DTCs.
  4. Ignition OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, including retained accessory power (RAP) and the scan tool. This may take up to 2 minutes.
  5. Duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the «Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-trouble-code-dtc-list)
  6. Perform the «Reductant System Malfunction Service Bay Test»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-dtc-p204c-to-dtc-p2599-and-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__reductant-system-malfunction-service-bay-test) with a scan tool in order to clear the Service Emission System message, if illuminated. If the Service Emission System message does not turn OFF, a condition with the system still exists.
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Supply VoltageP040CP040DP040DP040F
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Low ReferenceP040DP040F
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON, engine OFF Parameter Normal Range: Varies depending on current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Supply Voltage1,000°C (1832°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Low Reference40°C (-40°F)

EGR Cooler Temp. Sen. 2

The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) temperature sensors are variable resistors that measure the temperature of the exhaust gas at the inlet and outlet of the EGR cooler. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the EGR temperature sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. When the EGR temperature sensor is cold, the sensor resistance is high. When the EGR temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases. With high sensor resistance, the ECM detects a higher voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit. With lower sensor resistance, the ECM detects a lower voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit.

  1. The engine speed is greater than 600 RPM for 10 s.
  2. The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P040C

The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor is less than 0.46 V for 5 s.

P040D

The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor is greater than 4.8 V for 5 s.

DTCs P040C and P040D are Type B DTCs.

DTCs P040C and P040D are Type B DTCs.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. Inspect the EGR temperature sensor terminals for corrosion.
  2. If the EGR temperature Sensor 2 signal circuit is shorted to a separate 5-volt source, the DTC will set.
  3. If the engine has cooled for at least 8 hrs, the scan tool EGR temperature sensor and the Engine Coolant temperature (ECT) sensor values should display within 3°C (5°F).
  4. EGR temperature sensors may fail while operating under extreme temperatures. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records to verify the failure criteria.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 25070 Heat Gun 500-750°F

  1. Engine running, observe the scan tool EGR cooler temperature Sensor 2 parameter. The reading should be within the normal range -39°C-999°C (-38°F-1830°F), and vary depending on the vehicle operating conditions.
  2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B130B EGR temperature Sensor 2.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool EGR cooler temperature Sensor 2 parameter is -33°C (-27.4°F) or less. If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. Verify the scan tool EGR cooler temperature Sensor 2 parameter is 999°C (1830°F) or greater. If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B130B EGR temperature Sensor 2.

Note. The J 25070 Heat Gun 500-750°F may be used to evaluate the sensor under high temperature conditions.

  1. If the resistance is not within the specified range for the known temperature, replace the B130B EGR temperature Sensor 2.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 2»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to VoltageSignal Performance
EGR Temperature Sensor 1 SignalP040CP040DP040DP040F
EGR Temperature Sensor 1 Low ReferenceP040DP040F
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 SignalP041CP041DP041DP040F
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Low ReferenceP041DP040F
CircuitShort to GroundOpen/High ResistanceShort to Voltage
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON, engine OFF Parameter Normal Range: Varies depending on current ambient temperature and vehicle operating conditions
EGR Temperature Sensor 1 Signal1,000°C (1,832°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
EGR Temperature Sensor 1 Low Reference40°C (-40°F)
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Signal1,000°C (1,832°F)40°C (-40°F)40°C (-40°F)
EGR Temperature Sensor 2 Low Reference40°C (-40°F)

EGR Cooler Temperature Sensor

The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) temperature sensors are variable resistors that measure the temperature of the exhaust gas at the inlet and outlet of the EGR cooler. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the temperature sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. The ECM uses this rationality diagnostic to determine if the input from EGR temperature sensor 1 or EGR temperature sensor 2 is skewed. The ECM will compare the temperature difference between EGR temperature sensor 1 and the EGR temperature sensor 2 to determine if the temperatures are within an acceptable operating range of each other.

Condition 1

  1. DTC P0016, P0112, P0113, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P040C, P040D, P041C, or P041D is not set.
  2. The ignition has been OFF for greater than 8 hours.
  3. The engine is running.
  4. The ambient air temperature is greater than -60°C (-76°F).

OR

Condition 2

  1. DTC P0016, P0112, P0113, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P040C, P040D, P041C, or P041D is not set.
  2. The ignition has been OFF for greater than 8 hours.
  3. The engine is running.
  4. The ambient air temperature is greater than -60°C (-76°F).
  5. In the first 60 s of engine run time, the ECM determines the block heater is OFF. AND
  6. In the first 10 minutes of engine run time, the vehicle speed as been at least 24 km/h (15 mph) for at least 5 minutes and the ECM determines there is no Sunload.

DTC P040F runs once per key cycle when Condition 1 or Condition 2 above is met.

Condition 1

The ECM detects a temperature difference of greater than 100°C (180°F) between EGR temperature sensors 1 and 2.

OR

Condition 2

The ECM determines the temperature difference between exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 and exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is greater than 20°C (36°F), but less than or equal to 100°C (180°F), after 10 minutes of engine run time.

DTC P040F is a Type B DTC.

DTC P040F is a Type B DTC.

  1. Perform the «Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures) prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
  2. Review «Strategy Based Diagnosis»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__strategy-based-diagnosis) for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
  3. «Diagnostic Procedure Instructions»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/oem-general-information/#vehicle-diagnostic-information-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__diagnostic-procedure-instructions) provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
  1. A slight to moderate resistance in either signal or low reference circuit can widen the spread between the two EGR temperature sensors and cause this DTC to set.
  2. An EGR temperature sensor that is skewed can widen the spread between the two sensors and cause this DTC to set. Measure and record the resistance of both EGR temperature sensors 1 and 2 at ambient air temperature. Compare those measurements to the «Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-fuel-temperature-sensor) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-ect-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-1) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-iat-sensor-2) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egt-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-egr-temperature-sensors) , «Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-specifications__temperature-versus-resistance-emission-reduction-fluid) .
  3. Carefully inspect all EGR temperature sensor terminals for corrosion and poor connections.
  4. EGR temperature sensors may fail while operating under extreme temperatures. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records to verify the failure criteria.

Schematic Reference

Connector End View Reference

Electrical Information Reference

  1. «Circuit Testing»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__circuit-testing)
  2. «Connector Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__connector-repairs)
  3. «Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures)
  4. «Wiring Repairs»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/ignition-switchsteering-lock/#wiring-systems-and-power-management-diagnostic-information-and-procedures__wiring-repairs)

DTC Type Reference

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Special Tools

J 25070 Heat Gun 500-750°F

Note. The ignition must be OFF for at least 8 hours prior to starting this procedure.

  1. Ignition ON, observe the scan tool EGR Cooler Temp. Sen. 1, EGR Cooler Temp. Sen. 2 and ECT parameters. The EGR Cooler Temp. Sen. 1 and EGR Cooler Temp. Sen. 2 parameters should be within 20°C (36°F) of each other and the ECT parameter.
  2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Note. If you are unable to determine which EGR temperature sensor is skewed, you must perform the Circuit/System Verification first.

  1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B130A or B130B EGR temperature sensor.
  2. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down. Test for less than 5 ohms between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground. If greater than the specified range, test the low reference circuit for an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  3. Ignition ON, verify the scan tool EGR temperature sensor parameter is less than -39°C (-38°F). If greater than the specified range, test the signal circuit terminal 1 for a short to ground. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  4. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2. Verify the scan tool EGR temperature sensor parameter is greater than 999°C (1830°F). If less than the specified range, test the signal circuit for a short to voltage or an open/high resistance. If the circuit tests normal, replace the K20 ECM.
  5. If all circuits test normal, test or replace the B130A or B130B EGR temperature sensor.

Note. The J 25070 Heat Gun 500-750°F may be used to evaluate the sensor under high temperature conditions.

  1. If the resistance is not within the specified range for the known temperature, replace the B130A or B130B EGR temperature sensor.

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

  1. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 1»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  2. «Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 2»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-and-fuel-66l-lgh-repair-instructions)
  3. «Control Module References»(/chevrolet/express-g2500/2013-2013/remont/communication-devices/#programming-and-setup-all-systems__control-module-references) for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

See also:
• Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
• Strategy Based Diagnosis
• Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
• Control Module References
• Diagnostic Repair Verification
• Camshaft Position Sensor Exciter Ring Replacement
• Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
• Engine Controls Schematics
• COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
• Turbocharger System Description
• Circuit Testing
• Connector Repairs
• Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
• Wiring Repairs
• Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
• Turbocharger Learn
• Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Enable
• Reductant System Malfunction Service Bay Test
• Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
• Powertrain Component Views
• Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
• Temperature Versus Resistance (Fuel Temperature Sensor)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT Sensors)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 1)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (IAT Sensor 2)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (EGT Sensors)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (EGR Temperature Sensors)
• Temperature Versus Resistance (Emission Reduction Fluid Injector)
• Cooling System Leak Testing
• Cooling System Draining and Filling (Vac N Fill)
• Cooling System Draining and Filling (Static Fill Diesel)
• Thermostat Diagnosis
• Inline Harness Connector End Views
• Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
• Humidity Sensor Replacement
• Restricted Exhaust
• Exhaust Leakage
• Checking Aftermarket Accessories
• DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2, or P06D6
• Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
• Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
• Fuel Injector Replacement (Right Side)
• Fuel Injector Replacement (Left Side)
• Fuel System Specifications
• Engine Compression Test
• Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
• Instrument Cluster Replacement
• DTC P0097 or P0098

More articles — Engine Performance